[go: up one dir, main page]

JP2013125309A - Foreign matter ejecting device and paper handling device - Google Patents

Foreign matter ejecting device and paper handling device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2013125309A
JP2013125309A JP2011272215A JP2011272215A JP2013125309A JP 2013125309 A JP2013125309 A JP 2013125309A JP 2011272215 A JP2011272215 A JP 2011272215A JP 2011272215 A JP2011272215 A JP 2011272215A JP 2013125309 A JP2013125309 A JP 2013125309A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
foreign matter
unit
belt
feeding
foreign
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2011272215A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP5821599B2 (en
Inventor
Hiroshi Yokogawa
博 横川
Masaaki Okamoto
真明 岡本
Yutaka Shindo
豊 真藤
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd filed Critical Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd
Priority to JP2011272215A priority Critical patent/JP5821599B2/en
Priority to CN201210361069.8A priority patent/CN103164896B/en
Priority to KR1020120110035A priority patent/KR101414936B1/en
Publication of JP2013125309A publication Critical patent/JP2013125309A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5821599B2 publication Critical patent/JP5821599B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07DHANDLING OF COINS OR VALUABLE PAPERS, e.g. TESTING, SORTING BY DENOMINATIONS, COUNTING, DISPENSING, CHANGING OR DEPOSITING
    • G07D11/00Devices accepting coins; Devices accepting, dispensing, sorting or counting valuable papers
    • G07D11/10Mechanical details
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07DHANDLING OF COINS OR VALUABLE PAPERS, e.g. TESTING, SORTING BY DENOMINATIONS, COUNTING, DISPENSING, CHANGING OR DEPOSITING
    • G07D11/00Devices accepting coins; Devices accepting, dispensing, sorting or counting valuable papers
    • G07D11/20Controlling or monitoring the operation of devices; Data handling
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F19/00Complete banking systems; Coded card-freed arrangements adapted for dispensing or receiving monies or the like and posting such transactions to existing accounts, e.g. automatic teller machines
    • G07F19/20Automatic teller machines [ATMs]
    • G07F19/201Accessories of ATMs

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • Delivering By Means Of Belts And Rollers (AREA)
  • Financial Or Insurance-Related Operations Such As Payment And Settlement (AREA)
  • Pile Receivers (AREA)

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To reliably eject foreign matters.SOLUTION: A conveyance belt is stretched around a plurality of pulleys disposed below a housing part which houses papers still but releases foreign matters down so as to form a flat part which receives foreign matters dropping from the housing part to place the foreign matters thereon and conveys the foreign matters to the feed-out side and the return side opposite to the feed-out side. A control unit controls a belt driving unit so that the conveyance belt is rotated in one rotation direction together with the plurality of pulleys in order to convey the foreign matters to the feed-out side, and the control unit controls the belt driving unit so that the conveyance belt is rotated in the other rotation direction together with the plurality of pulleys in order to convey the foreign matters to the return side, and the control unit controls an oscillating unit so that the flat part of the conveyance belt is oscillated. Thus, foreign matters can be fed out to be ejected after a pile of the foreign matters is broken by oscillating the fat part of the conveyance belt, and thereby the foreign matters can be reliably ejected.

Description

本発明は異物排出装置及び紙葉類取扱装置に関し、例えば、紙幣の入金及び出金の取り引きを行う現金自動預払機(ATM:Automatic Teller Machine)に適用して好適なものである。   The present invention relates to a foreign matter discharging apparatus and a paper sheet handling apparatus, and is suitable for application to, for example, an automatic teller machine (ATM) that performs deposit and withdrawal of banknotes.

従来の紙幣入出金機は、入金用の紙幣を投入するための箱型の紙幣投入部が設けられており、入金時、顧客により紙幣投入部に投入された紙幣を、所定の紙幣取込部を介して紙幣投入部から紙幣入出金機内に取り込むようにして入金処理していた。   A conventional banknote depositing / dispensing machine is provided with a box-shaped banknote insertion unit for inserting banknotes for depositing, and a banknote inserted into a banknote insertion unit by a customer at the time of depositing a predetermined banknote receiving unit The deposit processing is performed so as to be taken into the bill depositing / dispensing machine from the bill inserting unit.

ただし、紙幣入出金機では、入金時、顧客により紙幣投入部に誤って硬貨やクリップ等が投入される(すなわち、紙幣と共に又は単独で投入される)場合があった。   However, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, a coin, a clip, or the like may be erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion unit by the customer (that is, inserted together with the banknote or alone) when depositing.

そして紙幣入出金機は、紙幣投入部に誤って硬貨やクリップ等が投入された場合、その硬貨やクリップ等が紙幣の入金処理にとっては異物となり誤動作や故障をまねく可能性がある。   In the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, when a coin, a clip, or the like is erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion unit, the coin, the clip, or the like may become a foreign object for the depositing process of the banknote, resulting in a malfunction or failure.

このため、従来、紙幣入出金機としては、紙幣投入部に誤って投入された硬貨やクリップ等を異物として、当該紙幣入出金機の外部に排出するための図23に示すような異物排出部100が設けられたものがある。   For this reason, conventionally, as a banknote depositing / dispensing machine, a foreign matter discharging unit as shown in FIG. 23 for discharging coins, clips or the like erroneously inserted into the banknote feeding unit as foreign matter to the outside of the banknote depositing / dispensing machine. Some are provided with 100.

図23に示すように、係る異物排出部100は、箱型の紙幣投入部101を有し、当該紙幣投入部101の底に複数の櫛歯102が、例えば、異物としての硬貨104の大きさを基準として、その硬貨104が通るように所定間隔で設けられている。   As shown in FIG. 23, the foreign matter discharge unit 100 includes a box-shaped bill insertion unit 101, and a plurality of comb teeth 102 at the bottom of the bill insertion unit 101 are, for example, the size of a coin 104 as a foreign matter. Are provided at predetermined intervals so that the coins 104 pass through.

これにより異物排出部100は、紙幣投入部101に投入された紙幣103を複数の櫛歯102で受け止めるようにして当該紙幣投入部101内に留めている。   Thereby, the foreign material discharge | emission part 100 is fastened in the said banknote insertion part 101 so that the banknote 103 thrown into the banknote insertion part 101 may be received with the several comb tooth 102. FIG.

また異物排出部100は、紙幣投入部101に誤って異物としての例えば、硬貨104が投入された場合、その硬貨104を、複数の櫛歯102の間を通して当該紙幣投入部101から下に落としている。   Moreover, when the foreign material discharge | emission part 100 accidentally inserts the coin 104 as a foreign material into the banknote insertion part 101 accidentally, the coin 104 is dropped down from the said banknote insertion part 101 through between the several comb teeth 102, for example. Yes.

ところで、異物排出部100は、紙幣投入部101の下側に一対の搬送プーリ105、106が、例えば水平方向に添って所定の間隔で配置されると共に、当該一対の搬送プーリ105、106に搬送ベルト107が架けられている。   By the way, in the foreign material discharge unit 100, a pair of transport pulleys 105 and 106 are arranged at a predetermined interval along the horizontal direction, for example, on the lower side of the bill insertion unit 101, and are transported to the pair of transport pulleys 105 and 106. A belt 107 is hung.

そして異物排出部100は、搬送ベルト107において一対の搬送プーリ105、106の間に形成された上側の平坦部(以下、これを上側平坦部とも呼ぶ)107A及び下側の平坦部(以下、これを下側平坦部とも呼ぶ)107Bを櫛歯102と平行にし、当該上側平坦部107Aにおいて一方の搬送プーリ105側を櫛歯102全体と対向させている。   The foreign matter discharge unit 100 includes an upper flat portion (hereinafter also referred to as an upper flat portion) 107A and a lower flat portion (hereinafter referred to as this) formed between the pair of transport pulleys 105 and 106 in the transport belt 107. 107B is parallel to the comb teeth 102, and one conveying pulley 105 side of the upper flat portion 107A is opposed to the entire comb teeth 102.

これにより異物排出部100は、紙幣投入部101から異物としての例えば、硬貨104が複数の櫛歯102の間を通って落下した場合、その硬貨104を搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aに載せるようにして受け取っている。   As a result, the foreign matter discharging unit 100 places the coin 104 on the upper flat portion 107 </ b> A of the conveyor belt 107 when, for example, a coin 104 as a foreign matter falls from the bill insertion unit 101 through a plurality of comb teeth 102. I have received it.

また異物排出部100は、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aの中央部よりも僅かに上側に、例えば、異物としての硬貨104の重なりを崩すためのコイル状のスプリング108が、その長手方向を当該搬送ベルト107の幅方向と平行にして配置されている。   In addition, the foreign matter discharging unit 100 is slightly above the center portion of the upper flat portion 107A of the conveyor belt 107, for example, a coiled spring 108 for breaking the overlap of the coins 104 as foreign matters. It is arranged in parallel with the width direction of the conveyor belt 107.

これに加えて異物排出部100は、一方の搬送プーリ105の上側に、略へ字状の規制板109が一端を搬送ベルト107に近接させるようにして配置されている。   In addition to this, the foreign matter discharger 100 is arranged above the one transport pulley 105 so that a substantially plate-shaped restricting plate 109 has one end close to the transport belt 107.

また異物排出部100は、他方の搬送プーリ106の上側に、略コ字状の規制板110が一端部を搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aと、例えば、硬貨104の厚みよりも僅かに広い所定の間隙を介して平行にして配置されている。   Further, the foreign matter discharging unit 100 has a substantially U-shaped regulating plate 110 on the upper side of the other conveying pulley 106, and one end portion thereof is slightly wider than the upper flat portion 107A of the conveying belt 107, for example, the thickness of the coin 104. Are arranged parallel to each other with a gap therebetween.

さらに異物排出部100は、他方の搬送プーリ106の近傍に異物返却容器111が、その開口部を搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aよりも下側に位置させて配置されている。   Further, in the foreign matter discharge unit 100, a foreign matter return container 111 is disposed in the vicinity of the other transport pulley 106 with its opening positioned below the upper flat portion 107A of the transport belt 107.

そして異物排出部100は、一方の搬送プーリ105の上側近傍、及び他方の搬送プーリ106の上側近傍に一対のセンサ112、113が対向配置されている。   In the foreign matter discharging unit 100, a pair of sensors 112 and 113 are arranged opposite to each other in the vicinity of the upper side of the one transport pulley 105 and in the vicinity of the upper side of the other transport pulley 106.

これにより紙幣入出金機は、センサ112、113を介して、紙幣投入部101から落下した例えば、異物としての1又は複数の硬貨104(すなわち、異物)が搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aに載ったことを検出すると、一対の搬送プーリ105、106を同一の時計回方向へ回転駆動する。   As a result, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, for example, one or a plurality of coins 104 (that is, foreign matters) as foreign matters dropped from the bill insertion portion 101 via the sensors 112 and 113 are placed on the upper flat portion 107A of the conveying belt 107. When this is detected, the pair of transport pulleys 105 and 106 are rotationally driven in the same clockwise direction.

よって紙幣入出金機は、搬送ベルト107を時計回方向へ回転させて上側平坦部107Aに載っている硬貨104を、図中に矢印a10で示す送り方向へ搬送する。   Therefore, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine rotates the conveyor belt 107 in the clockwise direction and conveys the coin 104 placed on the upper flat portion 107A in the feeding direction indicated by the arrow a10 in the drawing.

ここで、紙幣入出金機では、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aに例えば、1又は複数の硬貨104が何ら重ならずに載っている場合がある。   Here, in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine, for example, one or a plurality of coins 104 may be placed on the upper flat portion 107A of the transport belt 107 without overlapping at all.

この場合、紙幣入出金機は、搬送ベルト107の時計回方向への回転により、これら1又は複数の硬貨104を上側平坦部107Aと規制板110の一端部との間隙に順に通して上側平坦部107Aから落下させて異物返却容器111に収納する。   In this case, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine sequentially passes the one or a plurality of coins 104 through the gap between the upper flat portion 107A and one end of the restriction plate 110 by rotating the transport belt 107 in the clockwise direction. It is dropped from 107A and stored in the foreign object return container 111.

また紙幣入出金機では、この際、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aにおいてスプリング108及び規制板110間に例えば、複数の硬貨104が楔状に重なって載っている場合もある。   In this case, in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine, for example, a plurality of coins 104 may be placed in a wedge shape between the spring 108 and the regulating plate 110 in the upper flat portion 107A of the transport belt 107.

すなわち、紙幣入出金機では、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aに複数の硬貨104のうち、例えば、1枚の硬貨104が一面を当接させて載ると共に、他の複数の硬貨104が当該1枚の硬貨104の縁に順に支えられて一方の搬送プーリ105側よりも他方の搬送プーリ106側を下げた傾斜姿勢で重なるようにして載る場合もある。   That is, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, for example, one of the plurality of coins 104 is placed on the upper flat portion 107A of the transport belt 107 so that one surface is in contact with the other, and the other plurality of coins 104 is the corresponding one. In some cases, the coins 104 are supported in order by the edges of the coins 104 and overlap each other in an inclined posture in which the other conveying pulley 106 side is lower than the one conveying pulley 105 side.

因みに、以下の説明では、楔状に重なった複数の硬貨104のうち、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aに一面を当接させた姿勢の1枚の硬貨104を、水平姿勢硬貨104とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, out of the plurality of coins 104 overlapped in a wedge shape, one coin 104 in a posture in which one surface is in contact with the upper flat portion 107A of the conveyor belt 107 is also referred to as a horizontal posture coin 104.

また、以下の説明で、楔状に重なった複数の硬貨104のうち、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aに水平姿勢硬貨104の縁に順に支えられて傾斜姿勢で重なるようにして載っている他の複数の硬貨104を、それぞれ傾斜姿勢硬貨104とも呼ぶ。   Further, in the following description, among the plurality of coins 104 overlapped in a wedge shape, other coins 104 placed on the upper flat portion 107A of the conveyor belt 107 so as to be supported in order by the edge of the horizontal posture coin 104 and overlap in an inclined posture. The plurality of coins 104 are also referred to as inclined posture coins 104, respectively.

そして、以下の説明では、これら水平姿勢硬貨104及び複数の傾斜姿勢硬貨104を特には区別する必要のない場合、単に硬貨104とも呼ぶ。   In the following description, these horizontal posture coins 104 and the plurality of inclined posture coins 104 are also simply referred to as coins 104 when it is not particularly necessary to distinguish them.

この場合、紙幣入出金機では、搬送ベルト107を時計回方向へ回転させて、楔状に重なっている複数の硬貨104を送り方向へ搬送すると、これら複数の硬貨104全体の厚みが1枚の硬貨104の厚みよりも格段的に厚いため、当該複数の硬貨104が上側平坦部107Aと規制板110の一端部との間隙に引っ掛かる。   In this case, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, when the conveyor belt 107 is rotated in the clockwise direction and the plurality of coins 104 overlapped in a wedge shape are conveyed in the feeding direction, the total thickness of the plurality of coins 104 is one coin. Since it is much thicker than the thickness of 104, the plurality of coins 104 are caught in the gap between the upper flat portion 107 </ b> A and one end portion of the regulating plate 110.

このため、紙幣入出金機では、この際、一対のセンサ112、113を介して、上側平坦部107Aと規制板110の一端部との間隙への複数の硬貨104の引っ掛かりを検知し、これに応じて一対の搬送プーリ105、106を同一の反時計回方向へ所定の回転角度だけ回転駆動する。   For this reason, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine detects the hooking of the plurality of coins 104 in the gap between the upper flat portion 107A and one end of the restriction plate 110 via the pair of sensors 112 and 113. Accordingly, the pair of transport pulleys 105 and 106 are rotationally driven in the same counterclockwise direction by a predetermined rotation angle.

よって紙幣入出金機は、搬送ベルト107を反時計回方向へ回転させて上側平坦部107Aに載っている複数の硬貨104全体を、送り方向とは逆の図中に矢印b10で示す戻し方向へ所定距離だけ戻すように搬送する。   Therefore, the banknote depositing and dispensing machine rotates the conveyor belt 107 in the counterclockwise direction to move the entire plurality of coins 104 placed on the upper flat portion 107A in the return direction indicated by the arrow b10 in the drawing opposite to the feeding direction. It is transported so as to return a predetermined distance.

従って、紙幣入出金機は、水平姿勢硬貨104を搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aとスプリング108との間隙に入り込ませるようにして、複数の傾斜姿勢硬貨104をスプリング108の周側面に順に突き当てる。   Accordingly, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine causes the horizontal posture coins 104 to enter the gap between the upper flat portion 107 </ b> A of the conveyor belt 107 and the springs 108, and causes the plurality of inclined posture coins 104 to sequentially hit the peripheral side surface of the springs 108. .

これにより紙幣入出金機では、複数の傾斜姿勢硬貨104を戻し方向への搬送に応じて順に崩すようにして搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107A上に1枚ずつ並べる。   Thereby, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, the plurality of inclined posture coins 104 are arranged one by one on the upper flat portion 107A of the conveyor belt 107 so as to collapse in order according to the conveyance in the return direction.

そして紙幣紙幣入出金機は、再び一対の搬送プーリ105、106を同一の時計回方向へ回転駆動して搬送ベルト107を時計回方向へ回転させることにより、重なりを崩した複数の硬貨104を送り方向へ搬送して、上述と同様に異物返却容器111に収納する。   Then, the banknote banknote depositing / dispensing machine again drives the pair of transport pulleys 105 and 106 in the same clockwise direction to rotate the transport belt 107 in the clockwise direction, thereby feeding a plurality of coins 104 with their overlaps broken. It is conveyed in the direction and stored in the foreign object return container 111 as described above.

このようにして紙幣入出金機は、紙幣投入部101に誤って例えば、異物としての硬貨104が投入されても、その硬貨104を紙幣投入部101内から除去して異物返却容器111を介して顧客に返却していた(例えば、特許文献1参照)。   In this manner, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine removes the coin 104 from the banknote insertion unit 101 through the foreign material return container 111 even if, for example, a coin 104 as a foreign material is erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion unit 101. It was returned to the customer (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

特開2008−52400号公報(第5頁、第6頁、図7、図11)JP 2008-52400 A (page 5, page 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 11)

ところで、例えば、図24(A)及び(B)に示すように、紙幣入出金機では、紙幣投入部101に誤って異物として比較的多くの硬貨104が投入されると、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aにおいて規制板109及びスプリング108間と、当該スプリング108及び規制板110間とにそれぞれ複数の硬貨104が載る場合がある。   By the way, for example, as shown in FIGS. 24A and 24B, in a banknote depositing / dispensing machine, if a relatively large number of coins 104 are erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion unit 101 as foreign matter, In the flat portion 107A, a plurality of coins 104 may be placed between the regulating plate 109 and the spring 108 and between the spring 108 and the regulating plate 110, respectively.

すなわち、紙幣入出金機では、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aにおいて規制板109及びスプリング108間の全体に亘り、複数の硬貨104が順に並ぶように載ると共に、当該スプリング108及び規制板110間に複数の硬貨104が上述と同様に楔状に重なって載る場合がある。   That is, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, a plurality of coins 104 are placed in order on the entire upper flat portion 107A of the conveyor belt 107 between the regulation plate 109 and the spring 108, and between the spring 108 and the regulation plate 110. A plurality of coins 104 may be stacked in a wedge shape as described above.

そして紙幣入出金機は、この場合も複数の硬貨104を送り方向へ搬送すると、上述と同様に、楔状に重なっている複数の硬貨104が上側平坦部107Aと規制板110の一端部との間隙に引っ掛かるため、引き続き複数の硬貨104を戻し方向へ搬送する。   Also in this case, when the banknote depositing / dispensing machine conveys the plurality of coins 104 in the feeding direction, the plurality of coins 104 overlapped in a wedge shape are separated from the gap between the upper flat portion 107A and one end portion of the regulating plate 110 as described above. Therefore, the plurality of coins 104 are continuously conveyed in the return direction.

ところが、紙幣入出金機では、この際、水平姿勢硬貨104が、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aとスプリング108との間隙に僅かに入り込むと、規制板109及びスプリング108間で順に並んでいる複数の硬貨104に突き当たり、それ以上は送り方向へ搬送し得なくる。   However, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, when the horizontal posture coins 104 slightly enter the gap between the upper flat portion 107A of the conveyor belt 107 and the spring 108, a plurality of the coins are sequentially arranged between the regulating plate 109 and the spring 108. No more coins can be transported in the feed direction.

このため、紙幣入出金機では、スプリング108によっては複数の硬貨104の楔状の重なりを崩すことができず、これら複数の硬貨104を楔状に重ねたまま、再び送り方向へ搬送することになる。   For this reason, in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine, depending on the spring 108, the wedge-shaped overlap of the plurality of coins 104 cannot be broken, and the plurality of coins 104 are conveyed again in the feeding direction while being stacked in a wedge shape.

そして紙幣入出金機は、このような場合、複数の硬貨104を送り方向及び戻し方向へ順次交互に搬送しても、複数の硬貨104の楔状の重なりを崩すことができず、その結果、搬送ベルト107の上側平坦部107Aから複数の硬貨104を排出側へ繰り出すことができなくなる。   In such a case, the bill depositing / dispensing machine cannot break the wedge-shaped overlap of the plurality of coins 104 even if the plurality of coins 104 are alternately conveyed in the feeding direction and the return direction sequentially. A plurality of coins 104 cannot be fed out from the upper flat portion 107A of the belt 107 to the discharge side.

このように紙幣入出金機は、紙幣投入部101に誤って投入された異物を排出するために異物排出部100が設けられてはいるものの、異物を確実に排出し得るとは言い難いという問題があった。   As described above, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine is provided with the foreign matter discharging unit 100 for discharging foreign matter erroneously inserted into the banknote inserting unit 101, but it is difficult to say that the foreign matter can be reliably discharged. was there.

本発明は以上の点を考慮してなされたもので、異物を確実に排出し得る異物排出装置及び紙葉類取扱装置を提案しようとするものである。   The present invention has been made in consideration of the above points, and intends to propose a foreign matter discharge device and a paper sheet handling device that can reliably discharge foreign matter.

かかる課題を解決するため本発明においては、下端に、収納対象の紙葉類は通さずに、誤って投入された異物は通して落下させるための穴が形成された収容部と、収容部の下端の下側で、互いの回動軸を所定の間隔を介して平行にし、回動軸を中心にして一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動可能に支持された複数のプーリと、収容部の下端から落下する異物を載せるようにして受け取って、当該異物を繰出側、及び当該繰出側とは逆の戻し側へ搬送するための平坦部を形成するように複数のプーリに架けられた搬送ベルトと、複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転させるように駆動するベルト駆動部と、搬送ベルトの平坦部を振動させる振動部と、異物の繰出側への搬送用に複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを一回転方向へ回転させるようにベルト駆動部を制御し、また異物の戻し側への搬送用に複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを他回転方向へ回転させるようにベルト駆動部を制御し、さらに搬送ベルトの平坦部を振動させるように振動部を制御する制御部とを設けるようにした。   In order to solve such a problem, in the present invention, at the lower end, a storage unit in which a paper sheet to be stored is not passed, and a hole for allowing a wrongly inserted foreign object to pass through is formed, A plurality of pulleys supported below the lower end in such a manner that their rotation axes are parallel to each other at a predetermined interval, and are supported to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction around the rotation axis. Conveying on a plurality of pulleys so as to form a flat part for receiving foreign matter falling from the lower end of the paper and feeding the foreign matter to the feeding side and the return side opposite to the feeding side A belt, a belt driving unit that drives the conveyor belt to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction together with a plurality of pulleys, a vibration unit that vibrates the flat part of the conveyor belt, and for conveying foreign matter to the feeding side One rotation of conveyor belt with multiple pulleys The belt drive unit is controlled to rotate in the direction of rotation, the belt drive unit is controlled to rotate the conveyance belt in the other rotation direction together with a plurality of pulleys for conveying the foreign matter to the return side, and the conveyance belt is flattened. And a control unit that controls the vibrating unit so as to vibrate the unit.

従って本発明では、搬送ベルトの平坦部により繰出側へ搬送した複数の異物が、排出用には繰り出し難いように重なっていたために、その複数の異物を重なった状態のまま戻し側へ戻すように搬送しても、引き続き平坦部を振動させて、これら複数の異物を、重なりを崩したうえで再び繰出側へ搬送して平坦部から排出用に繰り出すことができる。   Therefore, in the present invention, since the plurality of foreign matters transported to the feeding side by the flat portion of the transport belt overlap so as to be difficult to be fed out for discharge, the plurality of foreign matters are returned to the return side while being overlapped. Even if it is transported, the flat portion can be continuously vibrated, and the plurality of foreign matters can be transported to the feeding side again after breaking the overlap and fed out from the flat portion for discharge.

本発明によれば、下端に、収納対象の紙葉類は通さずに、誤って投入された異物は通して落下させるための穴が形成された収容部と、収容部の下端の下側で、互いの回動軸を所定の間隔を介して平行にし、回動軸を中心にして一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動可能に支持された複数のプーリと、収容部の下端から落下する異物を載せるようにして受け取って、当該異物を繰出側、及び当該繰出側とは逆の戻し側へ搬送するための平坦部を形成するように複数のプーリに架けられた搬送ベルトと、複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転させるように駆動するベルト駆動部と、搬送ベルトの平坦部を振動させる振動部と、異物の繰出側への搬送用に複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを一回転方向へ回転させるようにベルト駆動部を制御し、また異物の戻し側への搬送用に複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを他回転方向へ回転させるようにベルト駆動部を制御し、さらに搬送ベルトの平坦部を振動させるように振動部を制御する制御部とを設けるようにしたことにより、搬送ベルトの平坦部により繰出側へ搬送した複数の異物が、排出用には繰り出し難いように重なっていたために、その複数の異物を重なった状態のまま戻し側へ戻すように搬送しても、引き続き平坦部を振動させて、これら複数の異物を、重なりを崩したうえで再び繰出側へ搬送して平坦部から排出用に繰り出すことができ、かくして異物を確実に排出し得る異物排出装置及び紙葉類取扱装置を実現することができる。   According to the present invention, the lower end of the storage unit includes a storage unit in which a hole for allowing a foreign object that has been erroneously inserted to pass through is dropped at the lower end without passing the paper sheet to be stored. , A plurality of pulleys supported so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction around the rotation shaft with the rotation shafts parallel to each other at a predetermined interval, and dropped from the lower end of the housing portion Conveying belts, which are received on a foreign object, are formed on a plurality of pulleys so as to form a flat portion for conveying the foreign substance to a feeding side and a return side opposite to the feeding side. A belt drive unit that drives the conveyor belt to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction together with the pulley, a vibration unit that vibrates the flat part of the conveyor belt, and a plurality of pulleys for conveying the foreign matter to the feeding side Bell to rotate the belt in one rotation direction The drive unit is controlled, and the belt drive unit is controlled so as to rotate the conveyor belt together with a plurality of pulleys in the other rotation direction for conveying the foreign matter to the return side, and further the vibration is performed so as to vibrate the flat part of the conveyor belt. Since a plurality of foreign matters conveyed to the feeding side by the flat portion of the conveying belt overlap so as to be difficult to be fed out for discharging, the plurality of foreign matters are overlapped. Even if it is transported to return to the return side in a state where it is in a state, it continues to vibrate the flat part, breaks the overlap, and then transports it again to the feeding side and feeds it out from the flat part for discharge. Thus, a foreign matter discharge device and a paper sheet handling device that can reliably discharge foreign matter can be realized.

現金自動預払機の外観構成の一実施の形態を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows one Embodiment of the external appearance structure of an automatic teller machine. 現金自動預払機の内部構成の一実施の形態を示す略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view which shows one Embodiment of the internal structure of an automatic teller machine. 異物排出部の構成(1)を示す略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view which shows the structure (1) of a foreign material discharge part. 異物排出部の構成(2)を示す略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view which shows the structure (2) of a foreign material discharge part. 紙幣収容部の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of a banknote accommodating part. 紙幣収容部における紙幣支持部の配置位置の選定の説明に供する略線的上面図である。It is a rough-line top view with which it uses for description of selection of the arrangement position of the banknote support part in a banknote accommodating part. 異物受取繰出部の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of a foreign material receipt delivery part. 受取繰出ガイドにおける異物繰出通路の幅の選定と、下壁部に対する発光素子及び受光素子の配置位置の選定との説明に供する略線的上面図である。FIG. 6 is a schematic top view for explaining the selection of the width of a foreign matter feeding path in the receiving and feeding guide and the selection of the arrangement positions of the light emitting element and the light receiving element with respect to the lower wall portion. 搬送ベルトの駆動の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of a drive of a conveyance belt. 紙幣の入金時の紙幣投入取出部に対する紙幣及び硬貨の投入の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of the insertion of the banknote and the coin with respect to the banknote insertion / extraction part at the time of banknote payment. 紙幣投入取出部に投入された紙幣と硬貨との分離の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of isolation | separation of the banknote and coin which were thrown into the banknote insertion extraction part. 異物排出処理時の搬送ベルトの一回転方向への回転の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of the rotation to the one rotation direction of the conveyance belt at the time of a foreign material discharge | emission process. 異物排出処理時の搬送ベルトの一回転方向への回転に続く他回転方向への回転の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough front view with which it uses for description of the rotation to the other rotation direction following the rotation to the one rotation direction of the conveyance belt at the time of a foreign material discharge | emission process. 異物排出処理時の搬送ベルトの振動の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of the vibration of a conveyance belt at the time of a foreign material discharge | emission process. 異物排出処理時の搬送ベルトの振動に続く一回転方向への回転の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of the rotation to one rotation direction following the vibration of the conveyance belt at the time of a foreign material discharge | emission process. 異物排出処理手順(1)を示すタイミングチャートである。It is a timing chart which shows a foreign material discharge processing procedure (1). 異物排出処理手順(2)を示すタイミングチャートである。It is a timing chart which shows a foreign material discharge processing procedure (2). 他の実施の形態による偏芯カムを用いた搬送ベルトの振動の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of the vibration of the conveyance belt using the eccentric cam by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による搬送ベルトの構成を示す略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view which shows the structure of the conveyance belt by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による異物排出部の構成(1)を示す略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view which shows the structure (1) of the foreign material discharge part by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による異物排出部の構成(2)を示す略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view which shows the structure (2) of the foreign material discharge part by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による異物受取繰出部からの異物の繰り出しの有無の検出の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough front view with which it uses for description of the detection of the presence or absence of the delivery of the foreign material from the foreign material receipt delivery part by other embodiment. 従来の異物排出部の構成を示す略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view which shows the structure of the conventional foreign material discharge part. 搬送ベルトに楔状に重なって載った複数の硬貨の移動の説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of the movement of several coins piled on the conveyance belt in the shape of a wedge.

以下図面を用いて、発明を実施するための最良の形態(以下、これを実施の形態とも呼ぶ)について説明する。なお、説明は以下の順序で行う。
(1)実施の形態
(2)他の実施の形態
The best mode for carrying out the invention (hereinafter, also referred to as an embodiment) will be described below with reference to the drawings. The description will be given in the following order.
(1) Embodiment (2) Other embodiments

(1)実施の形態
(1−1)現金自動預払機の外観構成
図1において、1は全体として本発明を適用した現金自動預払機の外観構成を示す。かかる現金自動預払機1は、略箱型の筐体(以下、これを預払機筐体とも呼ぶ)2を有している。
(1) Embodiment (1-1) External configuration of automatic teller machine In FIG. 1, 1 shows an external configuration of an automatic teller machine to which the present invention is applied as a whole. The automatic teller machine 1 has a substantially box-shaped housing (hereinafter also referred to as a cashier housing) 2.

因みに、以下の説明では、現金自動預払機1を、預払機筐体2の前面2Aと対峙して見た場合の図中に矢印a1で示す方向を、左方向とも呼び、当該左方向とは逆の方向を、右方向とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the direction indicated by the arrow a1 in the figure when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed facing the front surface 2A of the teller machine housing 2 is also referred to as the left direction. The opposite direction is also called the right direction.

また、以下の説明では、現金自動預払機1を、預払機筐体2の前面2Aと対峙して見た場合の図中に矢印b1で示す方向を、上方向とも呼び、当該上方向とは逆の方向を、下方向とも呼ぶ。   In the following description, the direction indicated by the arrow b1 in the figure when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed facing the front surface 2A of the depositor housing 2 is also referred to as an upward direction. The opposite direction is also called the downward direction.

さらに、以下の説明では、現金自動預払機1を、預払機筐体2の前面2Aと対峙して見た場合の図中に矢印c1で示す方向を、前方向とも呼び、当該前方向とは逆の方向を、後方向とも呼ぶ。   Furthermore, in the following description, the direction indicated by the arrow c1 in the figure when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed facing the front surface 2A of the teller machine housing 2 is also referred to as a front direction. The opposite direction is also called the backward direction.

預払機筐体2の前側上端部には、前面2Aよりも後面2B側に凹むように略L字状に形成されたフロントパネル3が設けられている。   A front panel 3 formed in a substantially L shape so as to be recessed toward the rear surface 2B rather than the front surface 2A is provided at the front upper end portion of the teller machine housing 2.

この場合、フロントパネル3において上方向に向くほぼ水平な上向パネル3Aには、例えば、中央部に種々の操作画像の表示及び表面へのタッチ操作が可能なタッチスクリーン4が設けられている。   In this case, a substantially horizontal upward panel 3A facing upward in the front panel 3 is provided with, for example, a touch screen 4 capable of displaying various operation images and touching the surface at the center.

またフロントパネル3の上向パネル3Aには、例えば、左寄りに、現金としての硬貨を投入し、また取り出すための硬貨投入取出部5が設けられている。   Further, on the upper panel 3A of the front panel 3, for example, a coin insertion / extraction unit 5 for inserting and taking out coins as cash is provided on the left side.

さらにフロントパネル3の上向パネル3Aには、例えば、右寄りに、現金としての長方形の紙幣を投入し、また取り出すための紙幣投入取出部6が設けられている。   Further, on the upper panel 3A of the front panel 3, for example, on the right side, a banknote insertion / removal unit 6 for inserting and taking out rectangular banknotes as cash is provided.

一方、フロントパネル3において前方向に向くほぼ垂直な前向パネル3Bには、例えば、左寄りに、取り引きの際に通帳を挿入し、また当該通帳や取引明細書を排出するための通帳挿入排出口7が設けられている。   On the other hand, in the front panel 3B which is substantially vertical facing forward in the front panel 3, for example, on the left side, a bankbook is inserted at the time of transaction, and a bankbook insertion / ejection port for discharging the bankbook and transaction statement. 7 is provided.

またフロントパネル3において前向パネル3Bには、例えば、右寄りに、取り引きの際にキャッシュカードやクレジットカード等の種々のカードを挿入及び排出するためのカード挿入排出口8も設けられている。   Further, in the front panel 3, the front panel 3 </ b> B is also provided with a card insertion / ejection port 8 for inserting and ejecting various cards such as a cash card and a credit card at the time of transaction, for example, on the right side.

これに加えて預払機筐体2の前面2Aには、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨やクリップ等が投入された際、これら硬貨やクリップ等を顧客に返却するためる返却口9が設けられている。   In addition, a return port 9 is provided on the front surface 2A of the teller machine housing 2 to return coins, clips, etc. to the customer when the coins, clips, etc. are mistakenly inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6. ing.

現金自動預払機1は、係る構成のもと、タッチスクリーン4に操作画像を表示すると共に、顧客によるタッチスクリーン4の表面へのタッチ操作に応じて操作画像を適宜切り換えて表示する。   The automatic teller machine 1 displays an operation image on the touch screen 4 and switches and displays the operation image as appropriate according to a touch operation on the surface of the touch screen 4 by the customer.

これにより現金自動預払機1は、顧客に操作画面を介して、現金の預け入れのような入金や払い出しのような出金等の所望の取り引きの手順を案内する。   Thereby, the automatic teller machine 1 guides the customer through the operation screen for a desired transaction procedure such as depositing cash or depositing cash out.

そして現金自動預払機1は、顧客に、その案内に従って通帳挿入排出口7やカード挿入排出口8に通帳やカードを挿入させ、また硬貨投入取出部5や紙幣投入取出部6に入金用の硬貨や紙幣を投入させる。   The automatic teller machine 1 allows the customer to insert a passbook and a card into the passbook insertion / extraction port 7 and the card insertion / extraction port 8 according to the guidance, and the coin insertion / extraction unit 5 and the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 to deposit coins. Or bills.

また現金自動預払機1は、顧客に、その案内に従って通帳挿入排出口7やカード挿入排出口8から排出した通帳や取引明細書、カードを受け取らせ、硬貨投入取出部5や紙幣投入取出部6から出金用の硬貨や紙幣を取り出させる。   The automatic teller machine 1 allows the customer to receive the bankbook, transaction statement, and card discharged from the bankbook insertion / extraction port 7 and the card insertion / extraction port 8 according to the guidance, and the coin insertion / extraction unit 5 and the bill insertion / extraction unit 6. To take out coins and banknotes for withdrawal.

このようにして現金自動預払機1は、顧客が所望する現金の入金や出金等の取り引きを行うことができる。   In this way, the automatic teller machine 1 can perform transactions such as cash deposit and withdrawal desired by the customer.

(1−2)現金自動預払機の内部構成
次いで、図2を用いて、現金自動預払機1の内部構成について説明する。因みに、以下には、現金自動預払機1の内部構成として便宜上、紙幣の入金及び出金に関する構成について説明し、硬貨の入金及び出金に関する構成については説明を省略する。
(1-2) Internal structure of automatic teller machine Next, the internal structure of the automatic teller machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG. By the way, below, for convenience, the configuration related to the deposit and withdrawal of banknotes will be described as the internal configuration of the automatic teller machine 1, and the description of the configuration related to the deposit and withdrawal of coins will be omitted.

図2に示すように、現金自動預払機1において預払機筐体2の内部には、当該現金自動預払機1全体を統括制御する例えば、マイクロコンピュータ構成の制御部10が設けられている。   As shown in FIG. 2, a control unit 10 having, for example, a microcomputer configuration that performs overall control of the entire automatic teller machine 1 is provided in the automatic teller machine 2 in the automatic teller machine 1.

また現金自動預払機1において預払機筐体2の内部には、例えば、中央よりも上側に、上述の紙幣投入取出部6及び返却口9を有する異物排出部11が配置されると共に、鑑別部12及び一時保留部13も配置されている。   In the automatic teller machine 1, the foreign substance discharge unit 11 having the above-described bill insertion / extraction unit 6 and the return port 9 is disposed, for example, above the center inside the cash dispenser housing 2, and a discrimination unit. 12 and a temporary storage unit 13 are also arranged.

さらに現金自動預払機1において預払機筐体2の内部には、例えば、中央よりも下側に、紙幣を金種別に収納する(すなわち、それぞれ特定の1種類の紙幣のみを収納する)複数の紙幣収納カセット14乃至16が予め内蔵(すなわち、内部に固定)されている。   Furthermore, in the cash dispenser housing 2 in the cash dispenser 1, for example, a plurality of bills are stored in denominations below the center (that is, each stores only one specific type of bill). The bill storage cassettes 14 to 16 are built in (that is, fixed inside) in advance.

さらにまた現金自動預払機1において預払機筐体2の内部には、例えば、中央よりも下側に、取り引きの際に異常であると鑑別された紙幣(以下、これを特にリジェクト紙幣とも呼ぶ)を収納するためのリジェクトカセット17が着脱可能に設けられている。   Furthermore, in the cash dispenser housing 2 of the automatic teller machine 1, for example, below the center, banknotes identified as abnormal at the time of transaction (hereinafter also referred to as reject banknotes). A reject cassette 17 for storing the paper is detachably provided.

そして現金自動預払機1において預払機筐体2の内部には、紙幣投入取出部6、鑑別部12、一時保留部13、複数の紙幣収納カセット14乃至16及びリジェクトカセット17との間で紙幣を搬送する搬送路18も配置されている。   In the automatic teller machine 1, banknotes are inserted between the banknote insertion / removal unit 6, the discrimination unit 12, the temporary storage unit 13, the plurality of banknote storage cassettes 14 to 16, and the reject cassette 17. A conveyance path 18 for conveyance is also arranged.

因みに、紙幣投入取出部6には、長方形の紙幣が、当該紙幣の長手方向(以下、これを紙幣長手方向とも呼ぶ)を左方向と一致させ、一方の長辺を下に向けて立てような姿勢で収容される。   Incidentally, the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 has a rectangular banknote such that the longitudinal direction of the banknote (hereinafter referred to as the banknote longitudinal direction) coincides with the left direction and one long side faces downward. Contained in posture.

なお、以下の説明では、紙幣投入取出部6に紙幣を収容する際の、当該紙幣の紙幣長手方向を左方向と一致させ、一方の長辺を下に向けて立てような姿勢を、立収容姿勢とも呼ぶ。   In the following description, when the banknotes are to be stored in the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6, the banknote longitudinal direction of the banknotes is made to coincide with the left direction, and the posture that stands up with one long side facing down is stored upright. Also called posture.

そして現金自動預払機1では、紙幣投入取出部6に紙幣を収納する際の立収容姿勢に応じて、搬送路18により紙幣を、当該紙幣の短手方向(以下、これを紙幣短手方向とも呼ぶ)を搬送方向と一致させるような向きで搬送している。   And in the automatic teller machine 1, according to the standing accommodation attitude | position at the time of accommodating a banknote in the banknote insertion / extraction part 6, a banknote is made into the transversal direction of the said banknote (henceforth this is also called a banknote short direction). Is conveyed in a direction that matches the conveyance direction.

また現金自動預払機1では、このような紙幣の搬送の向きに応じて、鑑別部12、一時保留部13、複数の紙幣収納カセット14乃至16及びリジェクトカセット17により当該紙幣を、紙幣長手方向を左方向と一致させるような向きで扱っている。   Moreover, in the automatic teller machine 1, according to the direction of conveyance of such a banknote, the said banknote is made into a banknote longitudinal direction by the discrimination part 12, the temporary storage part 13, several banknote storage cassettes 14 thru | or 16, and the rejection cassette 17. It is handled in a direction that matches the left direction.

制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6に顧客により入金用の1又は複数の紙幣が投入されると、当該紙幣投入取出部6から、その入金用の紙幣を図示しない紙幣繰出機構によって1枚ずつ繰り出し搬送路18を介して鑑別部12に搬送して、当該鑑別部12において紙幣の金種や状態等を鑑別させる。   When the banknote is deposited, when one or more banknotes for depositing are inserted by the customer into the banknote insertion / removal unit 6, the control unit 10 feeds out the banknote for depositing from the banknote insertion / removal unit 6. The mechanism conveys the sheets one by one to the discrimination unit 12 through the feeding conveyance path 18, and the discrimination unit 12 discriminates the denomination and state of the banknote.

その結果、制御部10は、鑑別部12において正常であると鑑別された紙幣については、当該鑑別部12から搬送路18を介して一時保留部13に搬送して一時的に保持することにより、当該紙幣の入金を保留する。   As a result, the control unit 10 conveys the banknotes identified as normal in the discrimination unit 12 from the discrimination unit 12 to the temporary holding unit 13 via the conveyance path 18 and temporarily holds the banknote. Suspend the deposit of the banknote.

また制御部10は、鑑別部12において破損や折れ等により異常であると鑑別された紙幣、すなわちリジェクト紙幣については、当該鑑別部12から搬送路18を介して紙幣投入取出部6まで搬送する。   Moreover, the control part 10 conveys the banknote discriminated as abnormal by the discrimination part 12 by breakage, a break, etc., ie, a reject banknote, from the discrimination part 12 to the banknote insertion / extraction part 6 via the conveyance path 18.

そして制御部10は、図示しない紙幣取込機構により、そのリジェクト紙幣を紙幣投入取出部6に取り込み、顧客に当該紙幣投入取出部6から取り出させるようにして返却する。   And the control part 10 takes in the reject banknote in the banknote insertion / extraction part 6 with the banknote taking-in mechanism which is not shown in figure, and returns it so that a customer may take out from the said banknote insertion / extraction part 6.

このようにして制御部10は、鑑別部12において、紙幣投入取出部6に投入された紙幣が全て鑑別されると、正常であると鑑別された紙幣の総額(すなわち、入金の金額)を、タッチスクリーン4を介して顧客に提示する。   Thus, when all the banknotes inserted into the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 are identified in the discrimination unit 12, the control unit 10 determines the total amount of banknotes identified as normal (that is, the amount of deposit). It is presented to the customer via the touch screen 4.

その結果、制御部10は、入金の金額を確認した顧客によりタッチスクリーン4を介して紙幣の入金が指示されると、一時保留部13から一時的に保持していた紙幣を1枚ずつ繰り出し搬送路18を介して鑑別部12に戻す。   As a result, when the customer confirming the deposit amount is instructed to deposit banknotes via the touch screen 4, the control unit 10 delivers the banknotes temporarily held from the temporary storage unit 13 one by one. It returns to the discrimination part 12 via the path 18.

そして制御部10は、鑑別部12において再び紙幣の金種を鑑別させた後、当該鑑別部12から金種が鑑別された紙幣を、搬送路18を介して、その鑑別された金種に応じた紙幣収納カセット14乃至16に搬送して収納する。このようにして制御部10は、顧客の所望する取り引きとしての紙幣の入金を行うことができる。   And after the control part 10 discriminate | determines the money type of a banknote again in the discrimination part 12, the banknote by which the money type was discriminated from the said discrimination part 12 is respond | corresponded via the conveyance path 18 according to the identified money type. Are transported to and stored in the banknote storage cassettes 14 to 16. In this way, the control unit 10 can deposit banknotes as a transaction desired by the customer.

一方、制御部10は、紙幣の出金時、顧客により出金の金額が指定されると、紙幣収納カセット14乃至16から、その指定された金額分の紙幣を1枚ずつ繰り出し搬送路18を介して鑑別部12に搬送して、当該鑑別部12において紙幣の金種や状態等を鑑別させる。   On the other hand, when the amount of money to be dispensed is designated by the customer at the time of withdrawal of the banknote, the control unit 10 feeds out the banknote corresponding to the designated amount from the banknote storage cassettes 14 to 16 one by one through the conveyance path 18. Then, it is conveyed to the discrimination unit 12 so that the discrimination unit 12 discriminates the denomination and state of the banknote.

その結果、制御部10は、鑑別部12において正常であると鑑別された紙幣については、当該鑑別部12から搬送路18を介して紙幣投入取出部6まで搬送し、紙幣取込機構により当該紙幣投入取出部6に取り込む。   As a result, the control unit 10 conveys the banknotes identified as normal in the discrimination unit 12 from the discrimination unit 12 to the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 via the conveyance path 18, and the banknotes are taken in by the banknote taking-in mechanism. Take it into the input / output part 6.

ただし、制御部10は、鑑別部12により鑑別された紙幣の中にリジェクト紙幣が存在すると、当該鑑別部12からリジェクト紙幣を、搬送路18を介して一時保留部13に搬送して一時的に保持させる。   However, if a reject banknote exists in the banknote discriminated by the discrimination unit 12, the control unit 10 transports the reject banknote from the discrimination unit 12 to the temporary storage unit 13 via the transport path 18. Hold.

そして制御部10は、紙幣投入取出部6に、出金用に指定された金額分の紙幣を搬送し終えると、当該紙幣投入取出部6から顧客に、その出金用に指定された金額分の紙幣を取り出させるようにして引き渡す。このようにして制御部10は、顧客の所望する取り引きとしての紙幣の出金を行うことができる。   And the control part 10 will complete the conveyance of the banknote of the amount designated for withdrawal to the banknote insertion / withdrawal part 6, and the amount of money designated for the withdrawal will be sent from the banknote insertion / removal part 6 to the customer. The banknotes are taken out and handed over. In this way, the control unit 10 can withdraw banknotes as a transaction desired by the customer.

ところで、制御部10は、この際、一時保留部13にリジェクト紙幣を保持すると、出金の終了後(すなわち、紙幣を顧客に引き渡した後)、一時保留部13から一時的に保持していたリジェクト紙幣を1枚ずつ繰り出し搬送路18を介して鑑別部12に戻す。   By the way, if the control part 10 hold | maintains a reject banknote in the temporary storage part 13 in this case, after completion | finish of withdrawal (namely, after handing over a banknote to the customer), it was temporarily hold | maintained from the temporary storage part 13. The reject banknotes are fed out one by one and returned to the discrimination unit 12 via the conveyance path 18.

そして制御部10は、鑑別部12において再びリジェクト紙幣の金種や状態等を鑑別させた後、そのリジェクト紙幣を、搬送路18を介してリジェクトカセット17に搬送して収納する。   The control unit 10 discriminates the denomination and state of the reject banknote again in the discrimination unit 12, and then conveys and stores the reject banknote in the reject cassette 17 via the transport path 18.

このようにして制御部10は、紙幣の出金時、紙幣収納カセット14乃至16から繰り出した紙幣の中でリジェクト紙幣を発見すると、そのリジェクト紙幣を分別して専用のリジェクトカセット17に保管し、その後、出金には用いないようにする。   In this way, when the banknotes are withdrawn, the control unit 10 finds reject banknotes among the banknotes fed out from the banknote storage cassettes 14 to 16, sorts the reject banknotes, and stores them in the dedicated reject cassette 17. Do not use for withdrawals.

(1−3)異物排出部の構成
次いで、異物排出部11の構成について説明する。図3及び図4に示すように異物排出部11は、例えば、預払機筐体2内部の右上前寄りに配置されている。
(1-3) Configuration of Foreign Object Discharge Unit Next, the configuration of the foreign material discharge unit 11 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, the foreign material discharge unit 11 is disposed, for example, near the upper right front in the depositor housing 2.

そして異物排出部11は、上板の表面20Aが上述の上向パネル3Aの一部となる略箱型の収納部20と、当該収納部20の外部に配置され、一端から他端へ向けて異物を搬送するようにして当該他端に上述の返却口9が形成された異物搬送路21とから構成されている。   And the foreign material discharge | emission part 11 is arrange | positioned in the substantially box-shaped storage part 20 from which the surface 20A of an upper board becomes a part of above-mentioned upward panel 3A, and the said storage part 20, toward one end from the other It consists of a foreign material conveyance path 21 in which the return port 9 is formed at the other end so as to convey the foreign material.

因みに、以下の説明では、一端から他端へ向けて異物を搬送する異物搬送路21の当該一端を、搬送路一端とも呼び、他端を、搬送路他端とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the one end of the foreign material conveyance path 21 that conveys the foreign material from one end to the other end is also called a conveyance path one end, and the other end is also called a conveyance path other end.

収納部20は、上板の前端部に、紙幣の入出金用の例えば、長方形状の開口部(以下、これを紙幣入出金口とも呼ぶ)20AXが、当該紙幣入出金口20AXの長手方向を左方向と平行にして形成されている。そして収納部20内には、紙幣入出金口20AXの真下に、上述の紙幣投入取出部6が収納されている。   The storage unit 20 has, for example, a rectangular opening (hereinafter also referred to as a banknote deposit / withdrawal port) 20AX for depositing / withdrawing banknotes at the front end of the upper plate. It is formed parallel to the left direction. And in the accommodating part 20, the above-mentioned banknote insertion / withdrawal part 6 is accommodated just under the banknote depositing / withdrawing port 20AX.

ここで、紙幣投入取出部6は、入金用及び出金用の紙幣を収容するための、断面形状が長方形の略角パイプ状の紙幣収容部22と、略偏平矩形状のシャッタ23と、当該シャッタ23を駆動するためのモータや複数のギヤ等からなるシャッタ駆動部24とを有している。   Here, the bill insertion / removal unit 6 includes a banknote storage unit 22 having a substantially square pipe shape with a rectangular cross section, a shutter 23 having a substantially flat rectangular shape, And a shutter driving unit 24 including a motor for driving the shutter 23 and a plurality of gears.

図3及び図4と共に図5に示すように、紙幣収容部22は、一端の長方形の開口部22A及び他端の長方形の開口部の大きさが、それぞれ収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AXの大きさとほぼ等しく選定されている。   As shown in FIG. 5 together with FIGS. 3 and 4, the banknote storage unit 22 has a rectangular opening 22A at one end and a rectangular opening at the other end of the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX of the storage unit 20 respectively. It is selected almost equal to the size.

因みに、以下の説明では、紙幣収容部22において一端の開口部22Aの長手方向(他端の開口部の長手方向でもある)を、開口長手方向とも呼び、当該一端の開口部22Aの短手方向(他端の開口部の短手方向でもある)を、開口短手方向とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the longitudinal direction of the opening 22A at one end (also the longitudinal direction of the opening at the other end) in the banknote accommodating part 22 is also referred to as the opening longitudinal direction, and the short direction of the opening 22A at the one end. (It is also the short direction of the opening at the other end) is also called the short direction of the opening.

そして紙幣収容部22は、一端を上に向けると共に他端を下に向けて、開口長手方向を左方向と平行にし、かつ開口短手方向を前方向と平行にして、当該一端の開口部22Aを収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AXと所定の間隙を介して対向させて配置されている。   And the banknote accommodating part 22 has one end facing upward and the other end facing downward, the opening longitudinal direction is parallel to the left direction, and the opening lateral direction is parallel to the front direction. Is disposed to face the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX of the storage unit 20 with a predetermined gap therebetween.

因みに、以下の説明では、紙幣収容部22において上に向けた一端を、収容部上端とも呼び、当該収容部上端に形成された開口部22Aを、上側開口部22Aとも呼ぶ。   In the following description, one end facing upward in the banknote accommodating part 22 is also referred to as an upper end of the accommodating part, and an opening 22A formed at the upper end of the accommodating part is also referred to as an upper opening 22A.

また、以下の説明では、紙幣収容部22において下に向けた他端を、収容部下端とも呼び、当該収容部下端に形成された開口部を、下側開口部とも呼ぶ。   Moreover, in the following description, the other end facing downward in the banknote accommodating part 22 is also called a accommodating part lower end, and the opening part formed in the said accommodating part lower end is also called a lower side opening part.

紙幣収容部22は、下側開口部内に、紙幣を上述の立収容姿勢で支持する(すなわち、紙幣収容部22内に紙幣を収容したままにするための)例えば、角柱状の2本の紙幣支持部22B、22Cが、その長手方向を開口短手方向(すなわち、前方向)と平行にし、かつ開口長手方向に添って等間隔で配置されている。   The banknote accommodating part 22 supports a banknote in the above-mentioned standing accommodation attitude | position in a lower side opening part (namely, in order to keep a banknote accommodated in the banknote accommodating part 22) For example, two prismatic banknotes The support portions 22B and 22C have their longitudinal directions parallel to the short opening direction (that is, the front direction) and are arranged at equal intervals along the long opening direction.

これにより紙幣収容部22は、ほぼ水平な2本の紙幣支持部22B、22Cにより下側開口部が3つの穴22D乃至22Fに区切られている。   Thereby, as for the banknote accommodating part 22, the lower side opening part is divided | segmented into three holes 22D thru | or 22F by two substantially horizontal banknote support parts 22B and 22C.

一方、シャッタ23は、一面の大きさが収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AXの大きさよりも僅かに大きく選定されている。   On the other hand, the size of the shutter 23 is selected to be slightly larger than the size of the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX of the storage unit 20.

そしてシャッタ23は、一面を上に向けた姿勢で、収納部20の上板の前端部と紙幣収容部22の収容部上端との間隙に入り込んで、紙幣入出金口20AX及び上側開口部22Aを共に閉塞する位置と、その位置よりも後側に退避して当該紙幣入出金口20AX及び上側開口部22Aを共に開放する位置とに移動可能に支持されている。   The shutter 23 enters a gap between the front end portion of the upper plate of the storage unit 20 and the upper end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22 in a posture with one surface facing upward, and the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX and the upper opening unit 22A. It is supported so as to be movable between a position where both are closed and a position where the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX and the upper opening 22A are both opened away from the position.

因みに、以下の説明では、シャッタ23が収納部20の上板の前端部と紙幣収容部22の収容部上端との間隙に入り込んで、紙幣入出金口20AX及び上側開口部22Aを共に閉塞する位置を、閉塞位置とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the position where the shutter 23 enters the gap between the front end portion of the upper plate of the storage unit 20 and the upper end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22 and closes both the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX and the upper opening 22A. Is also referred to as a closed position.

また、以下の説明では、シャッタ23が、閉塞位置よりも後側に退避して紙幣入出金口20AX及び上側開口部22Aを共に開放する位置を、開放位置とも呼ぶ。   Moreover, in the following description, the position where the shutter 23 retracts to the rear side from the closed position and opens both the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX and the upper opening 22A is also referred to as an open position.

これにより紙幣投入取出部6は、上述の制御部10によるシャッタ駆動部24の制御に応じて、当該シャッタ駆動部24によりシャッタ23を後方向の開放位置まで移動させて収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AX及び紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを共に開放することができる。   Thereby, the banknote insertion / withdrawal unit 6 moves the shutter 23 to the rearward open position by the shutter driving unit 24 in accordance with the control of the shutter driving unit 24 by the control unit 10 described above, and the banknote depositing / withdrawing of the storage unit 20. Both the mouth 20AX and the upper opening 22A of the banknote accommodating part 22 can be opened.

また紙幣投入取出部6は、制御部10によるシャッタ駆動部24の制御に応じて、当該シャッタ駆動部24によりシャッタ23を前方向の閉塞位置まで移動させて収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AX及び紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを共に閉塞することができる。   Further, the bill insertion / removal unit 6 moves the shutter 23 to the front closed position by the shutter driving unit 24 in accordance with the control of the shutter driving unit 24 by the control unit 10, and the bill insertion / withdrawal port 20 </ b> AX of the storage unit 20. Both upper opening 22A of the banknote accommodating part 22 can be obstruct | occluded.

よって紙幣投入取出部6は、紙幣の入金時、シャッタ23を移動させて収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AX及び紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを共に開放することで、当該紙幣入出金口20AX及び上側開口部22Aを順次介して紙幣収容部22に入金用の紙幣を投入させることができる。   Therefore, the banknote insertion / withdrawal unit 6 moves the shutter 23 when depositing banknotes to open both the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX of the storage unit 20 and the upper opening 22A of the banknote storage unit 22, thereby enabling the banknote deposit / withdrawal port. A banknote for depositing can be inserted into the banknote accommodating part 22 through the 20AX and the upper opening 22A sequentially.

そして紙幣投入取出部6は、紙幣収容部22から、これに投入された入金用の紙幣を、上述のように図示しない紙幣繰出機構により1枚ずつ繰り出させて搬送路18を介し鑑別部12に搬送させることができる。   Then, the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 feeds the bills inserted into the bill storage unit 22 from the bill storage unit 22 one by one by the bill delivery mechanism (not shown) as described above, to the discrimination unit 12 via the conveyance path 18. Can be transported.

また紙幣投入取出部6は、紙幣の出金時、搬送路18を介して搬送された、出金用の紙幣を、上述のように図示しない紙幣取込機構により紙幣収容部22に取り込む。   Moreover, the banknote insertion / withdrawal part 6 takes in the banknote for withdrawal with the banknote taking-in mechanism (not shown) to the banknote accommodating part 22 as mentioned above at the time of banknote withdrawal.

そして紙幣投入取出部6は、シャッタ23を移動させて収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AX及び紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを共に開放することで、紙幣収容部22から出金用の紙幣を上側開口部22A及び紙幣入出金口20AXを順次介して取り出させることができる。   And the banknote insertion / withdrawal unit 6 moves the shutter 23 to open both the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX of the storage unit 20 and the upper opening 22A of the banknote storage unit 22, so that the banknote for withdrawal from the banknote storage unit 22 is opened. Can be taken out sequentially through the upper opening 22A and the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX.

ここで、図6を用いて紙幣収容部22の下側開口部内に対する2本の紙幣支持部22B、22Cの配置位置について説明する。   Here, the arrangement positions of the two banknote support sections 22B and 22C with respect to the inside of the lower opening of the banknote storage section 22 will be described with reference to FIG.

まず、紙幣収容部22において下側開口部の開口長手方向の長さをL1とし、当該下側開口部の中心から個々の紙幣支持部22B、22Cの中心線までの距離をL2とする。   First, in the banknote accommodating part 22, the length of the opening longitudinal direction of a lower side opening part is set to L1, and the distance from the center of the said lower side opening part to the centerline of each banknote support part 22B and 22C is set to L2.

また現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の紙幣のうち最も小さい(すなわち、紙幣長手方向の長さが最も短い)紙幣(以下、これを特に最小紙幣とも呼ぶ)BL1の紙幣長手方向の長さをL3とする。   Moreover, the banknote longitudinal direction length of the smallest banknote (that is, the length of the banknote longitudinal direction is the shortest) among the plurality of types of banknotes that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 (hereinafter also referred to as the smallest banknote) BL1. Let L3.

因みに、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の紙幣の中の最小紙幣BL1は、その現金自動預払機1が日本で使用される場合、1000円紙幣となる。   Incidentally, the minimum banknote BL1 among a plurality of types of banknotes that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 is a 1000 yen banknote when the automatic teller machine 1 is used in Japan.

さらに紙幣収容部22において最小紙幣BL1の紙幣長手方向を開口長手方向と平行にして、当該紙幣収容部22の開口長手方向の一方の内壁に、その最小紙幣BL1の一方の短辺を接触させたときの、下側開口部の中心から最小紙幣BL1の他方の短辺までの距離をL4とし、当該下側開口部の中心から最小紙幣BL1の中心までの距離をL5とする。   Furthermore, in the banknote accommodating part 22, the banknote longitudinal direction of the minimum banknote BL1 was made parallel to the opening longitudinal direction, and one short side of the minimum banknote BL1 was brought into contact with one inner wall in the opening longitudinal direction of the banknote accommodating part 22. The distance from the center of the lower opening to the other short side of the smallest banknote BL1 is L4, and the distance from the center of the lower opening to the center of the smallest banknote BL1 is L5.

そして紙幣収容部22では、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の紙幣のうち最も大きい(すなわち、紙幣長手方向の長さが最も長い)紙幣(以下、これを特に最大紙幣とも呼ぶ)の紙幣長手方向の長さをL6とすると、(1)式   And in the banknote accommodating part 22, the largest (namely, the longest length of a banknote longitudinal direction) banknote (Hereinafter, this is also called the largest banknote.) Of the several types of banknote which can be handled with the automatic teller machine 1 If the length of the bill in the longitudinal direction is L6, equation (1)

L1>L6 ……(1)       L1> L6 (1)

で表されるように、下側開口部の開口長手方向の長さが最大紙幣の紙幣長手方向の長さよりも長く選定されている。 As shown, the length in the opening longitudinal direction of the lower opening is selected to be longer than the length in the bill longitudinal direction of the largest banknote.

因みに、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の紙幣の中の最大紙幣は、その現金自動預払機1が日本で使用される場合、10000円紙幣となる。   Incidentally, the largest banknote among a plurality of types of banknotes that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 is a 10,000 yen banknote when the automatic teller machine 1 is used in Japan.

そのうえで、紙幣収容部22では、(2)式   In addition, in the banknote accommodating part 22, (2) type | formula

L4>L2>L5 ……(2)       L4> L2> L5 (2)

で表されるように、下側開口部に対し最小紙幣BL1の中心が何処に位置しても、最小紙幣BL1の中心から一方及び他方の短辺までの間にそれぞれ紙幣支持部22B、22Cを位置させるように、当該紙幣支持部22B、22Cの配置位置が選定されている。 As shown, the banknote support portions 22B and 22C are placed between the center of the minimum banknote BL1 and one and the other short side, respectively, wherever the center of the minimum banknote BL1 is located with respect to the lower opening. The arrangement positions of the banknote support portions 22B and 22C are selected so as to be positioned.

これにより紙幣収容部22は、紙幣の入金時や出金時、大きさの異なる複数種類の紙幣の何れも立収容姿勢にして、2本の紙幣支持部22B、22Cによって支持して(すなわち、受け止めて)収容(すなわち、保持)することができる。   Thereby, the banknote accommodating part 22 makes all the several types of banknotes from which a magnitude | size differs in the standing accommodation attitude | position at the time of the payment | withdrawal of a banknote, and withdrawal, and supports it by two banknote support parts 22B and 22C (namely ,. Can be received (ie, held).

そして紙幣収容部22では、2本の紙幣支持部22B、22Cにより下側開口部を区切るようにして形成された3つの穴22D乃至22Fそれぞれの開口長手方向の長さをL7とし、例えば、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の硬貨のうち最も大きい(すなわち、一面の直径が最も長い)硬貨(以下、これを特に最大硬貨とも呼ぶ)の直径をL8とすると、上述の(1)式及び(2)式で表される紙幣支持部22B、22Cの配置位置の選定条件を満たしたうえで、(3)式   And in the banknote accommodating part 22, the length of each opening longitudinal direction of the three holes 22D thru | or 22F formed so that a lower side opening part may be divided by two banknote support parts 22B and 22C is set to L7, for example, cash When the diameter of the largest coin (that is, the longest diameter on one side) among the plurality of types of coins that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 (hereinafter also referred to as the largest coin) is L8, the above (1) After satisfying the selection conditions of the arrangement positions of the banknote support portions 22B and 22C represented by the formula and the formula (2), the formula (3)

L7>L8 ……(3)       L7> L8 (3)

で表されるように、これら3つの穴22D乃至22Fそれぞれの開口長手方向の長さが最大硬貨の直径よりも長く選定されている。 As shown, the length in the opening longitudinal direction of each of these three holes 22D to 22F is selected to be longer than the diameter of the largest coin.

因みに、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の硬貨の中の最大硬貨は、その現金自動預払機1が日本で使用される場合、500円硬貨となり、直径は26.5[mm]である。   By the way, the largest coin among the multiple types of coins that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 is 500 yen coin when the automatic teller machine 1 is used in Japan, and the diameter is 26.5 [mm]. is there.

また紙幣収容部22では、下側開口部の開口短手方向の長さ、すなわち、3つの穴22D乃至22Fそれぞれの開口短手方向の長さをL9とすると、(4)式   Moreover, in the banknote accommodating part 22, when the length of the opening side direction of a lower side opening part, ie, the length of each of the three holes 22D thru | or 22F, is set to L9, (4) type | formula

L9>L8 ……(4)       L9> L8 (4)

で表されるように、当該3つの穴22D乃至22Fの開口短手方向の長さも、最大硬貨の直径より長く選定されている。 As shown, the length of the three holes 22D to 22F in the short direction of the opening is also selected to be longer than the diameter of the largest coin.

このように紙幣収容部22では、3つの穴22D乃至22Fの大きさが、当該紙幣収容部22に誤って投入される異物としての例えば、硬貨の大きさを基準にして選定されている。   Thus, in the banknote accommodating part 22, the magnitude | size of the three holes 22D thru | or 22F is selected on the basis of the magnitude | size of a coin as a foreign material thrown into the said banknote accommodating part 22 accidentally.

これにより紙幣収容部22は、例えば、紙幣の入金時、異物として大きさの異なる複数種類の硬貨の何れが誤って投入された場合でも、その硬貨を、当該硬貨の自重で収容部下端側へ落下させ、さらに3つの穴22D乃至22Fに通して紙幣収容部22の下に落とすことができる。   Thereby, for example, when the banknote storage unit 22 deposits a banknote, even if any of a plurality of types of coins having different sizes is inserted as a foreign object, the coin is moved to the lower end side of the storage unit by its own weight. It can be dropped and further passed through the three holes 22D to 22F and dropped below the banknote accommodating part 22.

また紙幣収容部22は、例えば、紙幣の入金時、異物として硬貨以外にクリップや遊戯用のメダル等が誤って投入された場合でも、これらが3つの穴22D乃至22Fよりも小さいと、硬貨と同様に紙幣収容部22の下に落とすことができる。   In addition, for example, when a bill is received, even when a clip or a game medal is mistakenly inserted as a foreign object when the bill is deposited, if the bill is smaller than the three holes 22D to 22F, Similarly, it can be dropped under the banknote accommodating part 22.

因みに、このような説明からも明らかなように、紙幣収容部22において収容部下端の3つの穴22D乃至22Fは、収納対象の紙幣(すなわち、入金用及び出金用の紙幣)は通さずに、硬貨やクリップ、遊戯用メダル等の異物は通して落下させるためのものである。   Incidentally, as is clear from the above description, the three holes 22D to 22F at the lower end of the storage section in the banknote storage section 22 do not pass banknotes to be stored (that is, banknotes for depositing and dispensing). Foreign objects such as coins, clips, and play medals are allowed to pass through.

よって、以下の説明では、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の3つの穴22D乃至22Fを、異物落下用穴22D乃至22Fとも呼ぶ。   Therefore, in the following description, the three holes 22D to 22F at the lower end of the accommodating portion of the banknote accommodating portion 22 are also referred to as foreign matter dropping holes 22D to 22F.

このようにして異物排出部11では、例えば、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6の紙幣収容部22に誤って硬貨やクリップ等が投入されても、これらを異物として紙幣収容部22から落下させるようにして除去することができる。   Thus, in the foreign material discharge part 11, even if a coin, a clip, etc. are accidentally inserted into the banknote storage part 22 of the banknote insertion / removal part 6 when depositing a banknote, they fall from the banknote storage part 22 as foreign objects. Can be removed.

すなわち、異物排出部11では、例えば、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6の紙幣収容部22に入金用の紙幣と共に、誤って硬貨やクリップ等が投入されても、これらを異物として紙幣収容部22から落下させるようにして除去して紙幣から分離することができる。   That is, in the foreign material discharge unit 11, for example, when a banknote is deposited, even if a coin or a clip is mistakenly inserted into the banknote storage unit 22 of the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 together with a banknote for depositing, the banknote is stored as a foreign material. It can be removed from the bill by removing it from the portion 22.

また異物排出部11では、例えば、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6の紙幣収容部22に紙幣は投入されずに、誤って硬貨やクリップ等のみが投入されても、これらを異物として紙幣収容部22から落下させて除去することができる。   Moreover, in the foreign material discharge | emission part 11, even if only a coin, a clip, etc. are thrown in accidentally without inserting a banknote into the banknote accommodating part 22 of the banknote insertion extraction part 6 at the time of deposit | paying a banknote, these are made into a foreign material. It can be dropped and removed from the accommodating portion 22.

これに加えて収納部20には、紙幣収容部22の下に、当該紙幣収容部22から落下した硬貨のような異物を受け取って異物搬送路21へと繰り出すための異物受取繰出部25が収納されている。   In addition, the storage unit 20 stores a foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 for receiving foreign matters such as coins dropped from the banknote storage unit 22 and feeding them to the foreign material transport path 21 under the banknote storage unit 22. Has been.

図3及び図4と共に図7に示すように、異物受取繰出部25は、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の左縁のほぼ真下に、回動軸を前方向と平行にし、当該回動軸を中心にして一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動可能に支持された左側プーリ26を有している。   As shown in FIG. 7 together with FIGS. 3 and 4, the foreign material receiving / feeding unit 25 has a rotation axis parallel to the front direction substantially below the left edge of the lower end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22. The left pulley 26 is supported so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and in the other rotation direction.

また異物受取繰出部25は、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の右縁よりも斜め右下に、回動軸を前方向と平行にし、当該回動軸を中心して一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動可能に支持された右側プーリ27も有している。   Further, the foreign matter receiving and feeding part 25 has a rotation axis parallel to the front direction obliquely lower right than the right edge of the lower end of the storage part of the banknote storage part 22, and one rotation direction and another rotation direction about the rotation axis. It also has a right pulley 27 that is rotatably supported by the motor.

この場合、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27は、右方向に添って並ぶようにして配置されている。そして異物受取繰出部25において右側プーリ26から左側プーリ27には、例えば、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の開口短手方向の長さとほぼ等しい幅を有する平ベルトでなる搬送ベルト28が、当該左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27間に一対のほぼ直線状の部分28A、28Bを形成するように架けられている。   In this case, the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 are arranged so as to be aligned along the right direction. In the foreign matter receiving and feeding part 25, the conveyor belt 28 made of a flat belt having a width substantially equal to the length in the opening short direction of the lower end of the storage part of the banknote storage part 22 is provided from the right pulley 26 to the left pulley 27, for example. Between the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27, a pair of substantially linear portions 28A and 28B are formed.

因みに、搬送ベルト28は、外面及び内面に凹凸や突起等が特には設けられていないが、以下の説明では、当該搬送ベルト28において外面及び内面の形状や加工の有無等に関わらずに左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27間の一対のほぼ直線状に伸びているような部分28A、28Bを、平坦部28A、28Bとも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, the conveyor belt 28 is not particularly provided with irregularities and protrusions on the outer surface and the inner surface, but in the following description, the left pulley is used regardless of the shape of the outer surface and the inner surface of the conveyor belt 28 and the presence or absence of processing. A pair of substantially straight portions 28A and 28B between 26 and the right pulley 27 are also referred to as flat portions 28A and 28B.

ただし、以下の説明では、搬送ベルト28において左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27間の一対の平坦部28A、28Bのうち上側の平坦部28Aを、特に上側平坦部28Aとも呼び、下側の平坦部28Bを、特に下側平坦部28Bとも呼ぶ。   However, in the following description, the upper flat portion 28A of the pair of flat portions 28A and 28B between the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in the conveyor belt 28 is also referred to as the upper flat portion 28A, and the lower flat portion 28B. Is also referred to as the lower flat portion 28B.

これにより異物受取繰出部25は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの左寄りを、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端と所定の間隔を空けて対向させている。   As a result, the foreign matter receiving and feeding part 25 opposes the left side of the upper flat part 28 </ b> A of the conveyor belt 28 to the lower part of the storage part of the banknote storage part 22 with a predetermined interval.

よって異物受取繰出部25は、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端から落下する硬貨のような異物を搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載せるようにして受け取ることができる。   Accordingly, the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 can receive foreign matters such as coins falling from the lower end of the storage portion of the banknote storage portion 22 so as to be placed on the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the transport belt 28.

また異物受取繰出部25は、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動させるように駆動するベルト駆動部29も有している。   The foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 also has a belt driving unit 29 that drives the conveyor belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.

因みに、ベルト駆動部29は、例えば、収納部20内で左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27の後側に配置され、モータと、当該モータの出力軸を左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27の一方の回動軸に連結する複数のギヤとを有している。   Incidentally, for example, the belt drive unit 29 is disposed on the rear side of the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in the storage unit 20, and the motor and the output shaft of the motor are rotated by one of the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. And a plurality of gears coupled to the shaft.

そして異物受取繰出部25は、上述の制御部10によるベルト駆動部29の制御に応じて、当該ベルト駆動部29により左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向に回転させる。   The foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 rotates the transport belt 28 in one rotation direction together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 by the belt driving unit 29 according to the control of the belt driving unit 29 by the control unit 10 described above.

これにより異物受取繰出部25は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載せるようにして受け取った異物を、当該搬送ベルト28により右方向へ搬送する(移動させる)ことができる。   As a result, the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 can convey (move) the foreign matter received so as to be placed on the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the conveying belt 28 to the right by the conveying belt 28.

また異物受取繰出部25は、制御部10によるベルト駆動部29の制御に応じて、当該ベルト駆動部29により左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を他回転方向に回動させる。   Further, the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 causes the belt driving unit 29 to rotate the conveyor belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in the other rotation direction according to the control of the belt driving unit 29 by the control unit 10.

これにより異物受取繰出部25は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載せるようにして受け取った異物を、当該搬送ベルト28により左方向へ搬送する(移動させる)こともできる。   As a result, the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 can also transport (move) the foreign matter received so as to be placed on the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the transport belt 28 to the left by the transport belt 28.

また異物受取繰出部25は、一端部が中央部に対してほぼ直角に屈曲されたように形成された略L字角パイプ状の受取繰出ガイド30を有している。   Further, the foreign material receiving and feeding part 25 has a substantially L-shaped pipe-shaped receiving and feeding guide 30 formed so that one end thereof is bent at a substantially right angle with respect to the central part.

因みに、以下の説明では、受取繰出ガイド30において一端部を、ガイド一端部とも呼び、当該ガイド一端部の端、すなわち受取繰出ガイド30の一端を、ガイド一端とも呼ぶ。   In the following description, one end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 is also referred to as a guide one end, and the end of the guide, that is, one end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 is also referred to as a guide end.

また、以下の説明では、受取繰出ガイド30において他端部を、ガイド他端部とも呼び、当該ガイド他端部の端、すなわち受取繰出ガイド30の他端を、ガイド他端とも呼ぶ。   In the following description, the other end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 is also referred to as the other end of the guide, and the other end of the guide, that is, the other end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 is also referred to as the other end of the guide.

さらに、以下の説明では、受取繰出ガイド30においてガイド一端部とガイド他端部との間の中央部、すなわち受取繰出ガイド30の中央部分を、ガイド中央部とも呼ぶ。   Furthermore, in the following description, a central portion between one end of the guide and the other end of the guide in the receiving / feeding guide 30, that is, a central portion of the receiving / feeding guide 30 is also referred to as a guide central portion.

受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド一端に紙幣収容部22の収容部下端とほぼ等しい大きさを有する、又は僅かに大きい長方形状の異物取込用の開口部(以下、これを異物取込口とも呼ぶ)30Xが、その長手方向を左方向と平行にして形成されている。   The receiving / feeding guide 30 has a rectangular foreign matter taking-in opening (hereinafter, also referred to as a foreign matter taking-in port) having a size substantially equal to or slightly larger than the lower end of the receiving portion of the banknote receiving portion 22 at one end of the guide. ) 30X is formed with its longitudinal direction parallel to the left direction.

そして受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド一端の異物取込口30Xの前縁、後縁、左縁、右縁を、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の前縁、後縁、左縁、右縁に近接させて当該異物取込口30Xを収容部下端と対向させると共に、ガイド中央部の下側を搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aと対向させて、ガイド他端部を右側プーリ27よりも右側に突出させるようにして配置されている。   The receiving and feeding guide 30 has a front edge, a rear edge, a left edge, and a right edge of the foreign matter intake port 30X at one end of the guide as a front edge, a rear edge, a left edge, and a right edge at the lower end of the storage portion of the banknote storage portion 22. The foreign material intake port 30X is opposed to the lower end of the accommodating portion, and the lower side of the guide central portion is opposed to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, and the other end of the guide is located on the right side of the right pulley 27. It is arranged so as to protrude.

また受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド中央部において搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aと対向する下側部分に、前側、後側及び左側にそれぞれ向いた壁部30A乃至30Cと、下側に向いた壁部30Dの他端部側とを残すようにして当該上側平坦部28Aとほぼ等しい大きさを有する右方向に長い長方形状の開口部30Yが形成されている。   Also, the receiving and feeding guide 30 has a wall portion 30A to 30C facing the front side, the rear side, and the left side, and a wall facing the lower side, in a lower portion facing the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in the center portion of the guide. A rectangular opening 30Y that is long in the right direction and has a size substantially equal to that of the upper flat portion 28A is formed so as to leave the other end of the portion 30D.

因みに、以下の説明では、受取繰出ガイド30のガイド中央部において下側部分に形成された開口部30Yを、ベルト用開口部30Yとも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the opening 30Y formed in the lower portion in the guide central portion of the receiving and feeding guide 30 is also referred to as a belt opening 30Y.

また、以下の説明では、受取繰出ガイド30において前側に向いた壁部30Aを、前壁部30Aとも呼び、後側に向いた壁部30Bを、後壁部30Bとも呼び、左側に向いた壁部30Cを、左壁部30Cとも呼び、さらに他端部において下側に向いた壁部30Dを、下壁部30Dとも呼ぶ。   In the following description, the wall portion 30A facing the front side in the receiving and feeding guide 30 is also called the front wall portion 30A, the wall portion 30B facing the rear side is also called the rear wall portion 30B, and the wall faces the left side. The part 30C is also referred to as a left wall part 30C, and the wall part 30D facing downward at the other end part is also referred to as a lower wall part 30D.

ここで、前壁部30Aは、受取繰出ガイド30のガイド一端の前縁(すなわち、異物取込口30Xの前縁)からガイド他端の前縁に亘る壁部であり、略L字の平板状に形成されている。   Here, the front wall portion 30A is a wall portion extending from the front edge of one end of the receiving and feeding guide 30 (that is, the front edge of the foreign matter intake port 30X) to the front edge of the other end of the guide, and is a substantially L-shaped flat plate. It is formed in a shape.

そして受取繰出ガイド30は、前壁部30Aにおいてベルト用開口部30Yの前縁部分の内面を、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの前側の縁に近接させて、当該ベルト用開口部30Yの前縁を上側平坦部28Aの前側の縁よりも下側に位置させている。   The receiving / feeding guide 30 is arranged so that the inner surface of the front edge portion of the belt opening 30Y in the front wall portion 30A is close to the front edge of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, and the front opening 30Y The edge is positioned below the front edge of the upper flat portion 28A.

また後壁部30Bは、受取繰出ガイド30のガイド一端の後縁(すなわち、異物取込口30Xの後縁)からガイド他端の後縁に亘る壁部であり、略L字の平板状に形成されている。   The rear wall portion 30B is a wall portion extending from the rear edge of one end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 (that is, the rear edge of the foreign material intake port 30X) to the rear edge of the other end of the guide, and has a substantially L-shaped plate shape. Is formed.

そして受取繰出ガイド30は、後壁部30Bにおいてベルト用開口部30Yの後縁部分の内面を、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの後側の縁に近接させて、当該ベルト用開口部30Yの後縁を上側平坦部28Aの後側の縁よりも下側に位置させている。   Then, the receiving and feeding guide 30 brings the inner surface of the rear edge portion of the belt opening 30Y in the rear wall portion 30B close to the rear edge of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, so that the belt opening 30Y The rear edge is positioned below the rear edge of the upper flat portion 28A.

さらに左壁部30Cは、受取繰出ガイド30のガイド一端の左縁(すなわち、異物取込口30Xの左縁)からガイド中央部の左下縁(すなわち、ベルト用開口部30Yの左縁)に亘る壁部であり、四角形の平板状に形成されいる。   Further, the left wall portion 30C extends from the left edge of one end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 (that is, the left edge of the foreign material intake port 30X) to the lower left edge of the center portion of the guide (that is, the left edge of the belt opening 30Y). It is a wall part and is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape.

そして受取繰出ガイド30は、左壁部30Cの下縁(すなわち、ガイド中央部の左下縁)を、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの左はじに近接させている。   In the receiving and feeding guide 30, the lower edge of the left wall portion 30C (that is, the lower left edge of the guide central portion) is brought close to the left edge of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28.

さらにまた受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド一端の右縁(すなわち、異物取込口30Xの右縁)からガイド中央部を経てガイド他端の上縁に亘る上側の壁部(以下、これを上壁部とも呼ぶ)30Eが、略L字の板状に形成されている。   Furthermore, the receiving and feeding guide 30 has an upper wall portion (hereinafter referred to as an upper wall) extending from the right edge of one end of the guide (that is, the right edge of the foreign matter intake port 30X) to the upper edge of the other end of the guide. 30E) is formed in a substantially L-shaped plate shape.

そして受取繰出ガイド30は、上壁部30Eにおいてガイド中央部の上側となる部分を、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの右はじの部分と対向させている。   The receiving / feeding guide 30 has a portion of the upper wall portion 30 </ b> E that is on the upper side of the center portion of the guide opposed to a right edge portion of the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the conveying belt 28.

このようにして受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド一端部及びガイド中央部により、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端と、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aとの間に、当該収容部下端から硬貨のような異物を上側平坦部28Aまで落下させるようにガイドする通路(以下、これを異物落下通路とも呼ぶ)を、その異物が入り込むような隙間がないように形成している。   In this way, the receiving and feeding guide 30 is like a coin from the lower end of the accommodating portion between the lower end of the accommodating portion of the banknote accommodating portion 22 and the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 by one end of the guide and the central portion of the guide. A passage (hereinafter also referred to as a foreign matter dropping passage) for guiding the foreign matter to drop to the upper flat portion 28A is formed so as not to have a gap for the foreign matter to enter.

これにより受取繰出ガイド30は、紙幣収容部22の異物落下用穴22D乃至22Fを通った硬貨のような異物を異物落下通路に通して、収容部下端の周囲に散乱させることなく搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aまで落下させることができる。   As a result, the receiving and feeding guide 30 allows the foreign matter such as coins that have passed through the foreign matter dropping holes 22D to 22F of the banknote accommodating portion 22 to pass through the foreign matter dropping passage without being scattered around the lower end of the accommodating portion. It can be dropped to the upper flat portion 28A.

また受取繰出ガイド30は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aまで硬貨のような異物が落下した際、異物落下通路により、その異物を上側平坦部28Aからこぼれ落ちさせることなく当該上側平坦部28Aに留めることができる。   Further, when a foreign matter such as a coin falls to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, the receiving and feeding guide 30 holds the foreign matter on the upper flat portion 28A without spilling from the upper flat portion 28A by the foreign matter dropping passage. be able to.

ところで、受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド中央部の右寄り部分(すなわち、前壁部30A、後壁部30B及び上壁部30E)により、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの右はじ部分を覆っている。   By the way, the receiving and feeding guide 30 covers the right edge portion of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 by the right side portion (that is, the front wall portion 30A, the rear wall portion 30B, and the upper wall portion 30E) of the guide central portion. .

これにより受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド中央部の右寄り内部に、前壁部30A、後壁部30B及び上壁部30Eと共に搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの右はじ部分とで囲まれた当該搬送ベルト28の幅とほぼ等しい幅を有する断面長方形状の異物繰出通路を形成している。   As a result, the receiving and feeding guide 30 is transported by being surrounded by the right edge portion of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 together with the front wall portion 30A, the rear wall portion 30B, and the upper wall portion 30E inside the right side of the guide center portion. A foreign matter feed passage having a rectangular cross section having a width substantially equal to the width of the belt 28 is formed.

これに応じて受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド他端部に、ガイド中央部の右寄り内部の異物繰出通路と同様に搬送ベルト28の幅とほぼ等しい幅を有し、当該異物繰出通路と連結される断面長方形状の穴が形成されている。   Accordingly, the receiving / feeding guide 30 has a width substantially equal to the width of the conveying belt 28 at the other end of the guide in the same manner as the foreign matter feeding passage on the right side of the center of the guide, and is connected to the foreign matter feeding passage. A hole having a rectangular cross section is formed.

また受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド他端の異物繰出用の開口部(以下、これを異物繰出口とも呼ぶ)30Zも、搬送ベルト28の幅とほぼ等しい幅を有する長方形状に形成されている。   The receiving and feeding guide 30 is also formed in a rectangular shape having a foreign matter feeding opening (hereinafter also referred to as a foreign matter feeding port) 30 </ b> Z at the other end of the guide having a width substantially equal to the width of the conveyor belt 28.

そして受取繰出ガイド30は、ほぼ水平なガイド中央部に対しガイド他端部が、異物繰出口30Zを右斜め下に向けて傾斜するように形成されており、ガイド他端が収納部20の右側壁20Bに穿設された孔部20BXに挿入されている。   The receiving / feeding guide 30 is formed such that the other end of the guide is inclined with respect to the substantially horizontal center of the guide so that the foreign matter feeding port 30Z is inclined obliquely downward to the right. The hole 20BX is inserted in the wall 20B.

ただし、受取繰出ガイド30は、下壁部30Dの左側の縁(すなわち、ベルト用開口部30Yの右縁でもある)を、搬送ベルト28の右側の円弧状の部分に近接させている。   However, the receiving and feeding guide 30 has the left edge of the lower wall portion 30D (that is, the right edge of the belt opening 30Y) close to the arc-shaped portion on the right side of the conveyor belt 28.

これにより受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド中央部の右寄り内部の異物繰出通路をガイド他端部の穴に、異物が引っ掛かるような段差がなく、また異物が入り込むような隙間がないように連結している。   As a result, the receiving and feeding guide 30 connects the foreign matter feeding passage inside the right side of the center of the guide to the hole at the other end of the guide so that there is no step where foreign matter is caught and there is no gap where foreign matter enters. Yes.

すなわち、受取繰出ガイド30は、ガイド中央部の右寄り内部の異物繰出通路をガイド他端部の穴によって異物繰出口30Zまで延長させて(すなわち、ガイド中央部の右寄り内部からガイド他端部の穴を介して異物繰出口30Zまでが異物繰出通路として形成されて)いる。   That is, the receiving and feeding guide 30 extends the foreign matter feeding passage inside the right side of the guide central portion to the foreign matter feeding port 30Z by the hole at the other end of the guide (that is, the hole at the other end of the guide from the right inside of the guide central portion). To the foreign matter delivery port 30Z is formed as a foreign matter delivery passage).

因みに、異物繰出通路においてガイド中央部の右寄り内部の区間は、ほぼ水平に形成されており、よって以下の説明では、当該ガイド中央部の右寄り内部の区間を、水平区間とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, the section on the right side of the guide central portion in the foreign matter feeding path is formed substantially horizontally, and therefore the section on the right side of the guide central portion is also referred to as a horizontal section in the following description.

また異物繰出通路においてガイド他端部内の区間は、右斜め下方向に傾斜するように形成されており、よって以下の説明では、当該ガイド他端部内の区間を、傾斜区間とも呼ぶ。   Further, the section in the other end portion of the guide in the foreign matter feeding path is formed to be inclined in the diagonally downward direction to the right. Therefore, in the following description, the section in the other end portion of the guide is also referred to as an inclined section.

そして受取繰出ガイド30は、異物繰出通路を水平区間の先で傾斜区間として傾斜させていることで、搬送ベルト28により異物繰出通路の水平区間に通されて上側平坦部28Aの右はじまで搬送された硬貨のような異物を、その先では自重で傾斜区間を右斜め下に滑らせるようにして移動させ、最終的に異物繰出口30Zから繰り出すことができる。   The receiving / feeding guide 30 is conveyed to the right edge of the upper flat portion 28A by being passed through the horizontal section of the foreign matter feeding path by the conveyor belt 28 by inclining the foreign matter feeding path as an inclined section at the end of the horizontal section. A foreign object such as a coin can be moved by sliding the inclined section diagonally downward to the right under its own weight, and finally fed out from the foreign substance delivery port 30Z.

また受取繰出ガイド30は、異物繰出通路の水平区間の高さ(すなわち、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aと、これに対向する上壁部30Eの内面との間隙)が、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の硬貨の中で最も厚い硬貨(以下、これを最厚硬貨とも呼ぶ)が例えば、2枚又は3枚程度までは上下に重なっていても通すことができるように選定されている。   The receiving / feeding guide 30 has the height of the horizontal section of the foreign material feeding path (that is, the gap between the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 and the inner surface of the upper wall portion 30E opposed thereto) of the automatic teller machine 1. Is selected so that the thickest coin (hereinafter also referred to as the thickest coin) can be passed up to two or three even if they are stacked one above the other. ing.

因みに、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の硬貨の中の最厚硬貨は、その現金自動預払機1が日本で使用される場合、500円硬貨となる。   Incidentally, the thickest coin among a plurality of types of coins that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 is a 500 yen coin when the automatic teller machine 1 is used in Japan.

よって受取繰出ガイド30は、異物繰出通路において硬貨のような異物を繰り出す際の当該異物の入口部分となる水平区間の高さにより、一度に大量の異物を繰り出すことがないように、異物の繰出量(硬貨の場合は枚数)を制限している。   Therefore, the receiving and feeding guide 30 is configured to feed out a large amount of foreign matter so that a large amount of foreign matter is not drawn at a time due to the height of the horizontal section that becomes the entrance portion of the foreign matter when the foreign matter such as a coin is fed out in the foreign matter feeding path. The amount (number of coins) is limited.

また受取繰出ガイド30は、異物繰出通路の傾斜区間の高さ(すなわち、下壁部30Dの内面と、これに対向する上壁部30Eの内面との間隙)が、水平区間の高さ以上の所定の高さに選定されている。   In addition, the receiving and feeding guide 30 has a height of the inclined section of the foreign substance feeding passage (that is, a gap between the inner surface of the lower wall portion 30D and the inner surface of the upper wall portion 30E opposed thereto) equal to or higher than the height of the horizontal section. The height is selected.

これにより受取繰出ガイド30は、硬貨のような異物が異物繰出通路の水平区間と傾斜区間との境界部分を通る際に姿勢を変化させても、その境界部分で詰まることを回避している。   Thereby, even if a foreign substance like a coin passes through the boundary part between the horizontal section and the inclined section of the foreign substance feeding path, the receipt feeding guide 30 avoids clogging at the boundary part.

これに加えて受取繰出ガイド30には、後壁部30Bの内面において異物取込口30Xの後縁の例えば、中央と搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aとの間の所定位置に、搬送ベルト28の幅よりも僅かに短い圧縮コイルばね31の一端が、当該圧縮コイルばね31の長手方向を前方向と平行にして取り付けられている。   In addition to this, the receiving and feeding guide 30 includes a conveying belt 28 at a predetermined position between, for example, the center of the rear edge of the foreign material intake port 30X and the upper flat portion 28A of the conveying belt 28 on the inner surface of the rear wall 30B. One end of the compression coil spring 31 slightly shorter than the width is attached with the longitudinal direction of the compression coil spring 31 parallel to the front direction.

すなわち、受取繰出ガイド30には、後壁部30Bの内面の所定位置に、圧縮コイルばね31の一端が、当該圧縮コイルばね31を紙幣収容部22の収容部下端と、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aとからそれぞれ所定の隙間を空けるようにして取り付けられている。   In other words, the receiving and feeding guide 30 has one end of the compression coil spring 31 at a predetermined position on the inner surface of the rear wall portion 30B, the lower end of the storage portion of the banknote storage portion 22 and the upper flat portion of the conveyor belt 28. It is attached so as to leave a predetermined gap from each part 28A.

圧縮コイルばね31は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨のような異物が重なって載った場合に、当該搬送ベルト28による異物の左方向及び右方向への搬送に応じて、その重なりを崩すためのものである。   When a foreign object such as a plurality of coins is placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, the compression coil spring 31 is moved in accordance with the conveyance of the foreign object to the left and right by the conveyor belt 28. It is for breaking the overlap.

因みに、異物としての複数の硬貨は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに積層状に重なって載る場合がある。   Incidentally, a plurality of coins as foreign matters may be stacked on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in a stacked manner, for example.

搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨が積層状に重なって載った状態とは、当該上側平坦部28Aに、これら複数の硬貨が、それぞれ一面(硬貨の表面又は裏面)を下に向けた水平姿勢で上方向に順に積み重なって載るような状態である。   The state in which a plurality of coins are stacked on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 means that the plurality of coins face one surface (the front surface or the back surface of the coin) downward on the upper flat portion 28A. It is in a state where they are stacked one on top of the other in a horizontal posture.

また異物としての複数の硬貨は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに楔状に重なって載る場合もある。   Moreover, the some coin as a foreign material may be piled up on the upper side flat part 28A of the conveyance belt 28 in a wedge shape, for example.

搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨が楔状に重なって載った状態とは、当該上側平坦部28Aに単独で載った水平姿勢の1枚の硬貨、又は積層状に重なって載った複数の硬貨を土台にして、その土台となる硬貨(最も上の硬貨)の縁に、他の1又は複数の硬貨が一面を水平方向に対して傾斜させた傾斜姿勢で順に支えられるように重なって載るような状態である。   The state in which a plurality of coins are placed in a wedge shape on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is a single coin in a horizontal posture placed alone on the upper flat portion 28A, or a plurality of coins that are stacked and stacked. The other coins are overlapped on the edge of the base coin (the uppermost coin) so that they can be supported one after another in an inclined posture with one side inclined relative to the horizontal direction. It is in a state that appears.

そして、本実施の形態の場合、このような複数の硬貨の楔状の重なりとしては、1又は複数の傾斜姿勢の硬貨が左側よりも右側を下げて、あたかも楔の先端を右に向けているようなものがある。   In the case of the present embodiment, such a wedge-shaped overlap of a plurality of coins is such that one or more coins in an inclined posture are lowered on the right side from the left side, as if the tip of the wedge is directed to the right. There is something.

また、本実施の形態の場合、このような複数の硬貨の楔状の重なりとしては、1又は複数の傾斜姿勢の硬貨が右側よりも左側を下げて、あたかも楔の先端を左に向けているようなものもある。   In the case of the present embodiment, such a wedge-shaped overlap of a plurality of coins is such that one or a plurality of inclined posture coins are lowered on the left side from the right side, as if the tip of the wedge is directed to the left. There is also a thing.

よって、以下の説明では、このような複数の硬貨の楔状の重なりを適宜、右向き及び左向きと呼んで区別し、このような向きの区別が特には必要ない場合、単に楔状の重なりとも呼ぶ。   Therefore, in the following description, such wedge-shaped overlaps of a plurality of coins are appropriately distinguished as rightward and leftward, and when such distinction of the orientation is not particularly necessary, it is also simply referred to as wedge-shaped overlap.

そして圧縮コイルばね31は、このような複数の硬貨の積層状や楔状の重なりを崩すために、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aとの間に例えば、最厚硬貨を1枚だけ、又は2枚重ねた状態で通すことができる程度に、当該上側平坦部28Aから離されている。   The compression coil spring 31 has, for example, only one or two thickest coins between the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in order to break up such a stacked or wedged overlap of coins. It is separated from the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A to such an extent that it can be passed in a stacked state.

また圧縮コイルばね31は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに例えば、積層状や楔状に重なって載っている複数の硬貨が左方向及び右方向へ移動して押し付けられた場合、一端を支点として他端部が左側や右側へ適宜曲がるように、ばね径やばね定数等が選定されている。   The compression coil spring 31 has one end as a fulcrum when a plurality of coins placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, for example, stacked and wedged, are moved and pressed leftward and rightward. The spring diameter, spring constant, etc. are selected so that the other end bends appropriately to the left and right.

そして圧縮コイルばね31は、一端を支点として他端部が曲げられた場合でも、当該他端部が紙幣収容部22の収容部下端に接触しないように、当該収容部下端から離されている。   The compression coil spring 31 is separated from the lower end of the housing portion so that the other end portion does not contact the lower end of the housing portion of the banknote housing portion 22 even when the other end portion is bent with one end as a fulcrum.

これにより圧縮コイルばね31は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨のような異物が積層状や楔状のように重なって載った状態で左方向や右方向へ移動して押し付けられた場合、重なりの上側に位置する異物については、その移動を遮り、下側に位置する異物については上側平坦部28Aとの間を通すようにして、その重なりを崩すことができる。   As a result, the compression coil spring 31 is moved and pressed in the left direction or the right direction in a state where foreign matters such as a plurality of coins are stacked on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 so as to be stacked or wedged. In this case, the foreign matter positioned on the upper side of the overlap is blocked from moving, and the foreign matter positioned on the lower side is passed between the upper flat portion 28A and the overlap can be broken.

また受取繰出ガイド30は、上壁部30Eの内面において異物取込口30Xの右縁の真下の角部(すなわち、異物繰出通路の入口の上側)に、略へ字状に屈曲されたフィルム又は板ばね等のような所定の弾性を有する繰出量制限部32が取り付けられている。   In addition, the receiving and feeding guide 30 is a film bent in a substantially square shape at a corner portion (that is, above the entrance of the foreign matter feeding passage) immediately below the right edge of the foreign matter intake port 30X on the inner surface of the upper wall portion 30E. A feed amount limiting portion 32 having a predetermined elasticity such as a leaf spring is attached.

この場合、繰出量制限部32は、一端部が上壁部30Eの内面に接合されると共に、他端部を上壁部30Eの内面から離して右斜め下方向と平行にすることにより、他端を異物繰出通路内に入り込ませて搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aと対向させている。   In this case, the feed amount limiting portion 32 has one end joined to the inner surface of the upper wall portion 30E and the other end portion separated from the inner surface of the upper wall portion 30E to be parallel to the diagonally downward right direction. The end is inserted into the foreign matter feeding path and is opposed to the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the conveyor belt 28.

また繰出量制限部32は、他端を搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aから、例えば、最厚硬貨1枚分の厚さに相当する距離だけ離して位置させるように、他端部の長さや一端部に対する他端部の屈曲角度が適宜選定されている。   Further, the feed amount limiting unit 32 is configured such that the other end is positioned such that the other end is positioned away from the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28 by a distance corresponding to the thickness of one thickest coin, for example. The bending angle of the other end with respect to the one end is appropriately selected.

これにより繰出量制限部32は、例えば、搬送ベルト28により上側平坦部28Aに積層状に重なって載っている複数の硬貨が右方向に搬送された場合、他端部により複数の硬貨を、重なりを崩しながら1枚ずつ順に異物繰出通路に入り込ませることができる。   Thereby, for example, when a plurality of coins stacked and stacked on the upper flat portion 28A by the conveyor belt 28 are conveyed in the right direction, the feeding amount limiting unit 32 overlaps the plurality of coins with the other end. It is possible to sequentially enter the foreign material feeding passage one by one while breaking down.

また繰出量制限部32は、例えば、搬送ベルト28により上側平坦部28Aに左向きで楔状に重なって載っている複数の硬貨が右方向に搬送された場合も、同様に他端部により当該複数の硬貨を、重なりを崩しながら1枚ずつ順に異物繰出通路に入り込ませることができる。   In addition, when the plurality of coins placed on the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A in a left-facing and wedge-like manner are conveyed in the right direction by the conveyor belt 28, the feeding amount limiting unit 32 is similarly configured by the other end. Coins can enter the foreign material feeding passage one by one while breaking the overlap.

さらに繰出量制限部32は、例えば、搬送ベルト28により上側平坦部28Aに右向きで楔状に重なって載っている複数の硬貨が右方向に搬送された場合、当該複数の硬貨全体の高さが異物繰出通路の水平区間の高さよりも低いと、他端部を複数の硬貨の押し付けに応じて上壁部30Bの内面に近づける、又は当接させるように変形させる。   Furthermore, when the plurality of coins placed on the upper flat portion 28A in a right-handed manner in a wedge shape are conveyed to the right by the conveyor belt 28, the payout amount limiting unit 32 determines that the height of the plurality of coins as a whole is a foreign object. If it is lower than the height of the horizontal section of the feeding passage, the other end portion is deformed so as to approach or abut the inner surface of the upper wall portion 30B according to the pressing of a plurality of coins.

これにより繰出量制限部32は、右向きで楔状に重なっている複数の硬貨については、ほぼ楔状に重なった状態のまま他端部の下側を通過させるようにして異物繰出通路に入り込ませることができる。   As a result, the feeding amount limiting unit 32 allows a plurality of coins that are wedged in the right direction to enter the foreign material feeding passage so as to pass the lower side of the other end in a substantially wedged state. it can.

そして右向きで楔状に重なったまま異物繰出通路に入り込んだ複数の硬貨は、当該異物繰出通路の水平区間を経て傾斜区間に入った際、当該傾斜区間の傾斜によって右側の硬貨から順に自ら重なりを崩すようにして右斜め下方向へ落下する。   When a plurality of coins that have entered the foreign material supply passage while being overlapped in a wedge shape in the right direction enter the inclined section through the horizontal section of the foreign material supply path, the plurality of coins are broken in order from the right-side coin by the inclination of the inclined section. In this way, it falls down diagonally to the right.

よって受取繰出ガイド30は、右向きで楔状に重なっている複数の硬貨を、ほぼそのままの状態で異物繰出通路に入り込ませても、当該異物繰出通路内で、その重なりを崩して詰まらせないようにすることができる。   Therefore, the receiving and feeding guide 30 is configured so that even if a plurality of coins that are overlapped in a wedge shape in the right direction are inserted into the foreign matter feeding passage in an almost intact state, the overlap in the foreign matter feeding passage is not broken and clogged. can do.

さらに受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部は、下壁部30Dの外面に例えば、円形の孔部30DX、30DYが、前方向に添って所定の間隔で穿設されている。   Further, for example, circular holes 30DX and 30DY are formed at predetermined intervals along the front direction on the outer surface of the lower wall portion 30D at the other end of the receiving and feeding guide 30.

そして受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部は、下壁部30Dの外面に、一対の発光素子35及び受光素子36を有するセンサ37が、当該発光素子35の発光面と受光素子36の受光面とを孔部30DX、30DYに対向させて取り付けられている。   The other end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 has a sensor 37 having a pair of light emitting elements 35 and light receiving elements 36 on the outer surface of the lower wall portion 30D. Is attached to face the holes 30DX and 30DY.

また受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部は、上壁部30Eの外面に長方形状の孔部30EXが、その長手方向を前方向と平行にして当該孔部30EXの一端側を下壁部30Dの一方の孔部30DXと対向させ、かつ孔部30EXの他端側を他方の孔部30DYと対向させるようにして穿設されている。   Further, the other end of the guide of the receiving and feeding guide 30 has a rectangular hole 30EX on the outer surface of the upper wall part 30E, and the one end side of the hole 30EX is made parallel to the front direction of the lower wall part 30D. It is perforated so as to face one hole 30DX and to make the other end of the hole 30EX face the other hole 30DY.

そして受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部には、略台形平板状のプリズム38が例えば、下面の一端部を下壁部30Dの一方の孔部30DXと対向させると共に、当該下面の他端部を他方の孔部30DYと対向させて、上壁部30Eの孔部30EXに下面部分を異物繰出通路内へは突出させないように僅かに差し込んで取り付けられている。   Then, a substantially trapezoidal flat plate-like prism 38 is provided at the other end of the guide of the receiving and feeding guide 30, for example, with one end of the lower surface facing one hole 30DX of the lower wall portion 30D and the other end of the lower surface being Opposing to the other hole portion 30DY, the lower surface portion is attached to the hole portion 30EX of the upper wall portion 30E so as not to protrude into the foreign matter feeding passage.

ここで、センサ37に設けられた発光素子35は、発光面の中心から垂直に伸びる仮想の光軸を例えば、孔部30DXの中心を通して右斜め上方向と平行にしている。   Here, the light emitting element 35 provided in the sensor 37 has a virtual optical axis extending vertically from the center of the light emitting surface, for example, parallel to the upper right direction through the center of the hole 30DX.

またセンサ37に設けられた受光素子36は、受光面の中心から垂直に伸びる仮想の光軸を例えば、孔部30DYの中心を通して右斜め上方向と平行にしている。   The light receiving element 36 provided in the sensor 37 has a virtual optical axis extending vertically from the center of the light receiving surface, for example, parallel to the upper right direction through the center of the hole 30DY.

さらにプリズム38は、発光素子35の光軸が下面の一端部を通って一方の斜面と交差し、受光素子36の光軸が下面の他端部を通って他方の斜面と交差するように、当該一方及び他方の斜面の間隔が選定されている。   Further, the prism 38 has an optical axis of the light emitting element 35 passing through one end portion of the lower surface and intersecting one inclined surface, and an optical axis of the light receiving element 36 passing through the other end portion of the lower surface and intersecting the other inclined surface. The distance between the one and the other slope is selected.

さらにまたプリズム38は、発光素子35の光軸に添って到来する光が下面の一端部から入射して一方の斜面に到達した場合、その光を一方の斜面の内側で後方向に発射させた後、他方の斜面の内側で左斜め下方向に折り返すように反射させて受光素子36の光軸に添って進むように、下面に対する一方及び他方の斜面の角度が適宜選定されている。   Furthermore, the prism 38, when light arriving along the optical axis of the light emitting element 35 enters from one end portion of the lower surface and reaches one inclined surface, emits the light backward inside the one inclined surface. Thereafter, the angles of the one and the other inclined surfaces with respect to the lower surface are appropriately selected so that the light is reflected so as to be folded back diagonally to the left inside the other inclined surface and travels along the optical axis of the light receiving element 36.

これによりセンサ37の発光素子35は、制御部10の制御のもとに動作して発光面から発射光を右斜め上に向けて発射させるものの、その発射光をプリズム38に下面の一端部から入射させる。   As a result, the light emitting element 35 of the sensor 37 operates under the control of the control unit 10 and emits the emitted light from the light emitting surface toward the upper right direction, but the emitted light is emitted from one end of the lower surface to the prism 38. Make it incident.

そしてプリズム37は、下面の一端部から入射した発射光を、一方の斜面の内側で後方向に反射させ、得られた反射光を引き続き他方の斜面の内側で左斜め下方向に折り返すように反射させて下面の他端部から出射させる。   Then, the prism 37 reflects the emitted light incident from one end of the lower surface in the rearward direction on the inside of one slope, and continuously reflects the obtained reflected light in the diagonally lower left direction on the inside of the other slope. The light is emitted from the other end of the lower surface.

よってセンサ37の受光素子36は、プリズム38の下面の他端部から出射された反射光を受光面で受光することができる。   Therefore, the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 can receive the reflected light emitted from the other end of the lower surface of the prism 38 at the light receiving surface.

ただし、センサ37は、発光素子35及び受光素子36の光軸を、前方向に添って所定の間隔を空けて平行にし、かつ右斜め上方向とも平行にして異物繰出通路を横切らせている。   However, the sensor 37 traverses the foreign matter delivery path with the optical axes of the light emitting element 35 and the light receiving element 36 parallel to each other at a predetermined interval along the front direction and parallel to the upper right direction.

このため、センサ37の受光素子36は、異物繰出通路を異物が通過していない場合、発光素子35の発光面から発射された発射光を、プリズム38を介して反射光として受光面で受光することができる。   For this reason, the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 receives the emitted light emitted from the light emitting surface of the light emitting element 35 as reflected light on the light receiving surface via the prism 38 when no foreign object passes through the foreign matter feeding path. be able to.

しかしながら、センサ37の受光素子36は、異物繰出通路を硬貨のような異物が通過して発射光や反射光が遮られた場合、発光素子35の発光面から発射された発射光を反射光として受光面で受光することはできない。   However, the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 uses the emitted light emitted from the light emitting surface of the light emitting element 35 as reflected light when a foreign object such as a coin passes through the foreign material supply path and the emitted light or reflected light is blocked. It cannot receive light at the light receiving surface.

よってセンサ37の受光素子36は、発光素子35の発光面から発射された発射光を反射光として受光面で受光している間は、異物繰出通路を異物が通過していないことを示すように例えば、信号レベルを論理「L」レベルに立ち下げ、当該反射光を受光面で受光していない間は、異物繰出通路を異物が通過したことを示すように例えば、信号レベルを論理「H」レベルに立ち上げる異物通過有無信号を制御部10に送出する。   Therefore, the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 indicates that no foreign matter has passed through the foreign matter feeding path while receiving the emitted light emitted from the light emitting surface of the light emitting element 35 as reflected light. For example, when the signal level is lowered to the logic “L” level and the reflected light is not received by the light receiving surface, the signal level is set to the logic “H” to indicate that the foreign material has passed through the foreign material feeding path. A foreign substance passage presence / absence signal that rises to a level is sent to the control unit 10.

これにより制御部10は、センサ37の受光素子36から与えられる異物通過有無信号の信号レベルに基づき、異物繰出通路における異物の通過の有無、すなわち、異物受取繰出部25からの異物の繰り出しの有無を検出することができる。   As a result, the control unit 10 determines whether or not foreign matter has passed through the foreign matter delivery path based on the signal level of the foreign matter passage presence / absence signal provided from the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37, that is, whether or not foreign matter has been delivered from the foreign matter reception and delivery unit 25. Can be detected.

ここで、図8を用いて受取繰出ガイド30の下壁部30Dに対するセンサ37の発光素子35及び受光素子36の配置位置について説明する。   Here, the arrangement positions of the light emitting element 35 and the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 with respect to the lower wall portion 30D of the receiving and feeding guide 30 will be described with reference to FIG.

まず、受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部において前壁部30Aの内面から発光素子35の発光面の最も後寄りの縁までの距離をL20とし、当該発光面の最も前寄りの縁から受光素子36の受光面の最も後寄りの縁までの距離をL21とし、その受光面の最も前寄りの縁から後壁部30Bの内面までの距離をL22とする。   First, the distance from the inner surface of the front wall 30A to the rearmost edge of the light emitting surface of the light emitting element 35 at the other end of the guide of the receiving and feeding guide 30 is L20, and the light receiving element from the frontmost edge of the light emitting surface. The distance from the most rear edge of the 36 light receiving surface to L21 is L21, and the distance from the most front edge of the light receiving surface to the inner surface of the rear wall 30B is L22.

そして受取繰出ガイド30では、例えば、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の硬貨のうち最も小さい(すなわち、一面の直径が最も短い)硬貨(以下、これを特に最小硬
貨とも呼ぶ)の直径をL23とすると、(5)式
In the receipt and delivery guide 30, for example, the diameter of the smallest coin (that is, the shortest diameter on one side) among a plurality of types of coins that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 (hereinafter also referred to as the smallest coin). Is L23, formula (5)

L20<L23 ……(5)       L20 <L23 (5)

及び、(6)式 And (6)

L21<L23 ……(6)       L21 <L23 (6)

並びに、(7)式 And the equation (7)

L22<L23 ……(7)       L22 <L23 (7)

で表されるように、異物繰出通路を最小硬貨がどのような軌跡で通過しても、発射光及び反射光の少なくとも一方を遮ってセンサ37により当該最小硬貨の通過を検知可能なように、異物繰出通路の幅(すなわち、前方向に沿った長さ)と共に発光素子35及び受光素子36の配置位置が選定されている。 As shown by the following, even if the smallest coin passes through the foreign matter feeding path with any trajectory, the sensor 37 can detect the passage of the smallest coin by blocking at least one of the emitted light and the reflected light, The arrangement positions of the light emitting element 35 and the light receiving element 36 are selected along with the width of the foreign matter feeding path (that is, the length along the front direction).

因みに、現金自動預払機1で取扱可能な複数種類の硬貨の中の最小硬貨は、その現金自動預払機1が日本で使用される場合、1円硬貨となり、直径は20[mm]である。   Incidentally, the minimum coin among a plurality of types of coins that can be handled by the automatic teller machine 1 is a 1-yen coin when the automatic teller machine 1 is used in Japan, and has a diameter of 20 [mm].

このように異物受取繰出部25では、発光素子35及び受光素子36の配置位置が、紙幣収容部22に誤って投入される異物としての例えば、硬貨の大きさを基準にして選定されている。   As described above, in the foreign matter receiving and feeding part 25, the arrangement positions of the light emitting element 35 and the light receiving element 36 are selected on the basis of, for example, the size of a coin as a foreign substance that is erroneously inserted into the bill housing part 22.

これにより制御部10は、センサ37の受光素子36から与えられる異物通過有無信号に基づき、異物受取繰出部25からの異物の繰り出しの有無、特に異物としての硬貨の繰り出しの有無を的確に検出することができる。   Thereby, the control unit 10 accurately detects the presence / absence of the foreign matter from the foreign matter receiving / feeding-out portion 25, particularly the presence / absence of the feeding out of the coin as the foreign matter, based on the foreign matter passage presence / absence signal given from the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37. be able to.

なお、異物受取繰出部25では、(5)式乃至(7)式で表される異物繰出通路の幅の選定条件を満たしたうえで、当該異物繰出通路の幅(また、受取繰出ガイド30の幅)が極力広く選定されている。   The foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 satisfies the selection condition of the width of the foreign matter feeding passage represented by the equations (5) to (7), and then the width of the foreign matter feeding passage (and the receiving and feeding guide 30). (Width) is selected as widely as possible.

これにより異物受取繰出部25は、上述した異物の繰出量の制限のみならず、異物繰出通路の幅によっても異物を極力詰まらせないで繰り出すことができるようにしている。   As a result, the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 can feed out the foreign matter as much as possible without being restricted by the width of the foreign matter feeding passage as well as the restriction of the foreign matter feeding amount described above.

また、異物受取繰出部25は、このようにして選定された異物繰出通路の幅をもとに受取繰出ガイド30全体の幅が選定されると共に、搬送ベルト28の幅もベルト用開口部30Yに収まる範囲内で極力広くなるように(すなわち、上述のように紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の開口短手方向の長さとほぼ等しくなるように)選定されている。   The foreign matter receiving / feeding portion 25 is selected based on the width of the foreign matter feeding passage selected in this way, and the width of the conveying belt 28 is also set to the belt opening 30Y. It is selected so as to be as wide as possible within the range (that is, to be approximately equal to the length of the lower end of the accommodating portion of the bill accommodating portion 22 in the short direction of the opening as described above).

これにより異物受取繰出部25は、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端から落下する硬貨のような異物を、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aで極力散在させるようにして受け取ることができるようにしている。   Thereby, the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 can receive foreign materials such as coins falling from the lower end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22 so as to be scattered as much as possible by the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the transport belt 28. .

すなわち、異物受取繰出部25は、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端から落下する硬貨のような異物を、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aで極力重ならないようにして受け取り、また受け取る際に重なる場合でも、その重なりの高さを極力低くして、その後の搬送の際に重なりを崩し易くすることができる。   That is, the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 receives foreign matter such as coins falling from the lower end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22 so as not to overlap as much as possible on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, and overlaps when receiving. However, the height of the overlap can be made as low as possible so that the overlap can be easily broken during the subsequent conveyance.

そして異物排出部11は、上述の異物搬送路21の搬送路一端が、収納部20の右側壁20B付近で、受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端に接続されている。   In the foreign matter discharge unit 11, one end of the conveyance path of the foreign matter conveyance path 21 is connected to the other end of the receiving and feeding guide 30 near the right side wall 20 </ b> B of the storage unit 20.

ここで、異物搬送路21は、搬送路一端部(すなわち、搬送路一端寄りの所定部分)が受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部を右斜め下方向に延長させるように形成されている。   Here, the foreign material conveyance path 21 is formed so that one end of the conveyance path (that is, a predetermined portion near one end of the conveyance path) extends the other end of the guide of the receiving and feeding guide 30 in a diagonally downward right direction.

また異物搬送路21は、搬送路一端部に対し中央部が一旦は下方向に伸ばしたように屈曲された後、前斜め下方向に伸ばしたように屈曲され、当該中央部に対し搬送路他端部(すなわち、搬送路他端寄りの所定部分)が返却口9を前に向けるように屈曲されている。   In addition, the foreign material conveyance path 21 is bent so that the central portion once extends downward with respect to one end portion of the conveyance path, and then bent so as to extend obliquely downward in the front direction. An end (that is, a predetermined portion near the other end of the conveyance path) is bent so that the return port 9 faces forward.

これにより異物搬送路21は、受取繰出ガイド30の異物繰出口30Zから繰り出された異物を搬送路一端の開口部(以下、これを異物受取口とも呼ぶ)21Aを介して内部に取り込んで右斜め下方向に滑らせ後、真下に落下させ、さらに前斜め下方向に滑らせて返却口9まで搬送する。   As a result, the foreign matter transport path 21 takes the foreign matter fed out from the foreign matter delivery opening 30Z of the receipt delivery guide 30 into the inside through an opening (hereinafter also referred to as a foreign matter receiving opening) 21A at one end of the transport path, and is tilted to the right. After sliding downward, it is dropped directly below, and is further slid forward and obliquely downward and conveyed to the return port 9.

そして異物搬送路21は、搬送路他端に扉40が当該搬送路他端の上縁に設けられた左方向と平行な回動軸(図示せず)を中心にして一面を預払機筐体2の前面2Aと平行にして返却口9を閉塞し、また当該一面を搬送路他端部内に入り込ませて返却口9を開放するように開閉可能に取り付けられている。   The foreign material conveyance path 21 has one surface centered around a rotation axis (not shown) parallel to the left direction in which the door 40 is provided at the other edge of the conveyance path at the upper edge of the conveyance path. 2, the return port 9 is closed in parallel with the front surface 2A, and the one side is inserted into the other end of the transport path so as to open the return port 9 so as to be openable and closable.

これにより異物搬送路21は、内部を通して搬送した硬貨のような異物が返却口9から飛び出すことを防止して搬送路他端部内に溜めたうえで、扉40を押し開けさせて返却口9から、その異物を取り出させることができる。   As a result, the foreign material transport path 21 prevents foreign materials such as coins transported through the interior from jumping out from the return port 9 and collects them in the other end of the transport path, and then pushes the door 40 open from the return port 9. The foreign matter can be taken out.

(1−4)異物排出処理
次いで、現金自動預払機1において紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6(すなわち、紙幣収容部22)に誤って異物が投入された場合に、上述の制御部10が異物排出部11を制御して現金自動預払機1内から、その異物を排出する異物排出処理について説明する。
(1-4) Foreign Object Discharge Processing Next, when the automatic teller machine 1 deposits a banknote, when the foreign object is erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 (that is, the banknote storage unit 22), the above-described control unit 10 The foreign substance discharge process which controls the foreign substance discharge part 11 and discharges the foreign substance from the automatic teller machine 1 will be described.

まず、制御部10は、異物排出処理時、異物受取繰出部25において左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を、異物の繰出用に3種類の第1乃至第3駆動方式で駆動するため、その駆動について説明する。   First, the controller 10 drives the conveyor belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in the foreign matter receiving and feeding portion 25 in the foreign matter discharging process 25 by three kinds of first to third driving methods for feeding foreign matters. The drive will be described.

図9に示すように、制御部10は、第1駆動方式では、ベルト駆動部29のモータを、当該モータの出力軸を例えば、正回転させるように動作させて(すなわち、制御して)左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させる。   As shown in FIG. 9, in the first drive method, the control unit 10 operates the motor of the belt drive unit 29 so that the output shaft of the motor rotates, for example, in the normal direction (that is, controls) the left side. The conveyor belt 28 is rotated in one rotation direction together with the pulley 26 and the right pulley 27.

これにより制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載っている異物を右方向、すなわち異物を繰り出すための異物繰出通路が設けられた繰出側へ送るように搬送する(移動させる)。   Thereby, the control unit 10 conveys (moves) the foreign matter placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyance belt 28 to the right, that is, to send to the feeding side provided with the foreign matter feeding path for feeding out the foreign matter.

また制御部10は、第2駆動方式では、ベルト駆動部29のモータを、当該モータの出力軸を例えば、逆回転させるように動作させて左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を他回転方向へ回転させる。   In the second drive method, the control unit 10 operates the motor of the belt drive unit 29 so as to reversely rotate the output shaft of the motor, for example, and rotates the conveyance belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. Rotate in the direction.

これにより制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載っている異物を左方向、すなわち異物を繰り出すための異物繰出通路が設けられた繰出側とは逆の戻し側へ戻すように搬送する(移動させる)。   Thereby, the control unit 10 conveys the foreign matter placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyance belt 28 to the left, that is, to return to the return side opposite to the feeding side provided with the foreign matter feeding path for feeding out the foreign matter. Do (move).

さらに制御部10は、第3駆動方式では、ベルト駆動部29のモータを、当該モータの出力軸を順次交互に正回転及び逆回転させるように動作させて左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に僅かな同一回転角度ずつ回転させる。   Further, in the third driving method, the control unit 10 operates the motor of the belt driving unit 29 so as to alternately and alternately rotate the output shaft of the motor sequentially and forwardly and reversely, along with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. 28 is sequentially rotated in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction alternately by a few same rotation angles.

これにより制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを左右に小刻みに振動させて当該上側平坦部28Aに載っている異物に、その振動を加える。   As a result, the control unit 10 vibrates the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 little by little to the left and right, and applies the vibration to the foreign matter placed on the upper flat portion 28A.

ここで、制御部10は、左側プーリ26の回動軸と、右側プーリ27の回動軸との距離(以下、これをプーリ間距離とも呼ぶ)をL25とし、第1駆動方式での搬送ベルト28の一回転方向への回転による上側平坦部28Aの変位量をL26とすると、(8)式   Here, the control unit 10 sets the distance between the rotation shaft of the left pulley 26 and the rotation shaft of the right pulley 27 (hereinafter also referred to as a distance between the pulleys) to L25, and the transport belt in the first driving method. If the displacement amount of the upper flat portion 28A due to rotation in one rotation direction of 28 is L26, equation (8)

L25<L26 ……(8)       L25 <L26 (8)

で表されるように、当該搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させて、上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へプーリ間距離よりも長く変位させる。 As shown, the conveyor belt 28 is rotated in one rotation direction, and the upper flat portion 28A is displaced to the feeding side longer than the distance between the pulleys.

すなわち、制御部10は、第1駆動方式では、例えば、上側平坦部28Aの左はじに載っている異物を異物繰出通路の傾斜区間まで送り出すことが可能なように、搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させて上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ変位させる。   That is, in the first drive method, the control unit 10 rotates the conveyor belt 28 in one rotation direction so that, for example, the foreign matter placed on the left edge of the upper flat portion 28A can be sent to the inclined section of the foreign matter feeding path. The upper flat portion 28A is displaced to the feeding side.

因みに、以下の説明では、第1駆動方式に応じた、異物を繰出側(すなわち、左方向)へ搬送するための搬送ベルト28の一回転方向への回転による上側平坦部28Aの変位量を、異物繰出変位量とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the amount of displacement of the upper flat portion 28A due to the rotation in the one rotation direction of the conveyor belt 28 for conveying the foreign matter to the delivery side (that is, the left direction) according to the first driving method is It is also called a foreign matter feeding displacement amount.

また制御部10は、第2駆動方式での搬送ベルト28の他回転方向への回転による上側平坦部28Aの戻し側への変位量をL27とすると、(9)式   Further, when the amount of displacement of the upper flat portion 28A to the return side due to the rotation of the transport belt 28 in the other rotation direction in the second driving method is L27, the control unit 10 is expressed by the following equation (9).

L25<L27<L26 ……(9)       L25 <L27 <L26 (9)

で表されるように、当該搬送ベルト28を他回転方向へ回転させて、上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へプーリ間距離より長いものの、第1駆動方式による異物繰出変位量よりも短く変位させる。 As shown in the above, the conveyor belt 28 is rotated in the other rotation direction, and the upper flat portion 28A is displaced to the return side shorter than the distance between the pulleys by the first driving method, although it is longer than the distance between the pulleys.

すなわち、制御部10は、第2駆動方式では、上側平坦部28Aにおいて圧縮コイルばね31よりも右側に載っている異物を当該圧縮コイルばね31よりも左側へ移動させるように、搬送ベルト28を他回転方向へ回転させて上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へ変位させる。   In other words, in the second drive method, the control unit 10 moves the conveying belt 28 to move the foreign matter placed on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 to the left side of the compression coil spring 31 in the upper flat portion 28A. The upper flat portion 28A is displaced to the return side by rotating in the rotation direction.

因みに、以下の説明では、第2駆動方式に応じた、異物を戻し側へ搬送するための搬送ベルト28の他回転方向への回転による上側平坦部28Aの変位量を、異物戻し変位量とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the amount of displacement of the upper flat portion 28A due to rotation in the other rotational direction of the conveyor belt 28 for conveying foreign matter to the return side according to the second driving method is also referred to as foreign matter return displacement amount. .

さらに制御部10は、第3駆動方式では、搬送ベルト28の一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転による繰出側及び戻し側への上側平坦部28Aの変位量を等しくしている。   Further, in the third driving method, the control unit 10 equalizes the displacement amount of the upper flat portion 28A toward the feeding side and the returning side due to the rotation in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction of the conveyance belt 28.

すなわち、制御部10は、第3駆動方式では、例えば、搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転によって例えば、右方向へ所定の変位量だけ変位させると、引き続き左方向へ元に戻すように同一の変位量だけ変位させ、このような変位を繰り返すようにしている。   That is, in the third drive method, for example, when the conveyor belt 28 is displaced by a predetermined amount of displacement in the right direction, for example, by rotation in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction, the control unit 10 continues to return to the left direction. It is displaced by the same displacement amount so as to return, and such displacement is repeated.

そして制御部10は、このような第3駆動方式での搬送ベルト28の一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転による上側平坦部28Aの変位量をL28とすると、(10)式   When the displacement amount of the upper flat portion 28A due to the rotation in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction of the conveyor belt 28 in the third driving method is L28, the control unit 10 is expressed by the following equation (10).

L25≫L28 ……(10)       L25 >> L28 (10)

で表されるように、当該搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に回転させて、上側平坦部28Aを左右にそれぞれ例えば4回程度、プーリ間距離よりも格段的に短く変位させる。 As shown, the conveyor belt 28 is rotated alternately in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction, and the upper flat portion 28A is displaced to the left and right, for example, about 4 times, much shorter than the distance between the pulleys. Let

すなわち、制御部10は、第3駆動方式では、上述のように上側平坦部28Aに載っている異物を左右に小刻みに振動させるように、搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に同一の回転角度だけ回転させて、上側平坦部28Aを左右に交互に変位させて小刻みに振動させる。   That is, in the third drive method, the control unit 10 sequentially alternates the conveyor belt 28 in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction so that the foreign matter placed on the upper flat portion 28A is vibrated little by little to the left and right as described above. And the upper flat portion 28A is alternately displaced left and right to vibrate in small increments.

因みに、以下の説明では、第3駆動方式に応じた、異物に振動を加えるための搬送ベルト28の一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転による上側平坦部28Aの変位量(すなわち、繰出側や戻し側への1回の変位の変位量)を、振動変位量とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the amount of displacement of the upper flat portion 28A due to the rotation in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction for applying vibration to the foreign matter according to the third driving method (that is, the feeding side or The displacement amount of one displacement toward the return side) is also referred to as a vibration displacement amount.

ただし、制御部10は、第1乃至第3駆動方式でベルト駆動部29のモータを動作させた際、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向や他回転方向へ所定の一定速度で回転させている。   However, when the motor of the belt driving unit 29 is operated by the first to third driving methods, the control unit 10 moves the conveying belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in one rotation direction or another rotation direction with a predetermined constant. Rotating at speed.

よって制御部10は、第1乃至第3駆動方式では、実際にはベルト駆動部29のモータに対する出力軸の回転方向と共に動作時間を制御している。   Therefore, in the first to third drive methods, the control unit 10 actually controls the operation time together with the rotation direction of the output shaft with respect to the motor of the belt drive unit 29.

すなわち、現金自動預払機1では、第1駆動方式によるモータの動作時間をT1とし、第2駆動方式によるモータの動作時間をT2とすると、上述の(9)式に示す搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの変位条件をもとに、(11)式   That is, in the automatic teller machine 1, if the operating time of the motor by the first driving method is T1, and the operating time of the motor by the second driving method is T2, the upper flatness of the conveyor belt 28 shown in the above equation (9). Based on the displacement condition of the part 28A, the equation (11)

T1>T2 ……(11)       T1> T2 (11)

で表されるように、第1駆動方式によるモータの動作時間が第2駆動方式によるモータの動作時間よりも長く設定されている。 As shown, the motor operating time according to the first driving method is set longer than the motor operating time according to the second driving method.

因みに、以下の説明では、第1駆動方式に応じたベルト駆動部29のモータの動作時間を、異物繰出用動作時間とも呼び、第2駆動方式に応じたベルト駆動部29のモータの動作時間を、異物戻し用動作時間とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the operation time of the motor of the belt drive unit 29 according to the first drive method is also referred to as foreign matter feeding operation time, and the operation time of the motor of the belt drive unit 29 according to the second drive method is This is also called the foreign object return operation time.

また現金自動預払機1では、上述の(10)式に示す搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの変位条件をもとに、第3駆動方式によるモータの1回の動作時間(すなわち、制御部10が搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向の何れか一方へ回転させるようにモータを動作させるときの動作時間)をT3とすると、(12)式   Further, in the automatic teller machine 1, the operation time of one motor of the third driving method (that is, the control unit 10) is based on the displacement condition of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 shown in the above-described equation (10). (12) where T3 is an operation time when the motor is operated so as to rotate the conveyor belt 28 in either one rotation direction or the other rotation direction.

T2≫T3 ……(12)       T2 >> T3 (12)

で表されるように、第3駆動方式によるモータの1回の動作時間が第2駆動方式によるモータの動作時間よりも格段的に短く設定されている。 As shown, the one-time operation time of the motor according to the third driving method is set to be remarkably shorter than the operation time of the motor according to the second driving method.

因みに、以下の説明では、第3駆動方式に応じたベルト駆動部29のモータの1回の動作時間を、振動用動作時間とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, one operation time of the motor of the belt drive unit 29 according to the third drive method is also referred to as a vibration operation time.

そして制御部10は、異物排出処理時、係る設定に応じてベルト駆動部29のモータを動作させることで、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を第1乃至第3駆動方式を組み合わせて駆動している。   Then, the control unit 10 operates the motor of the belt driving unit 29 according to the setting at the time of the foreign substance discharge processing, thereby combining the conveying belt 28 with the first to third driving methods together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. Driving.

ここで、制御部10が実行する異物排出処理を、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6に入金用の1又は複数の紙幣と共に、誤って異物としての複数の硬貨が投入された場合を例にして具体的に説明する。   Here, the foreign matter discharge process executed by the control unit 10 is an example in which a plurality of coins as foreign matters are mistakenly inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 together with one or more banknotes for depositing when banknotes are deposited. This will be described in detail.

図10に示すように、制御部10は、紙幣BL2の入金時、シャッタ駆動部24を制御してシャッタ23を後方向の開放位置まで移動させて(すなわち、シャッタ23を開けて)、収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AX及び紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを共に開放する。   As shown in FIG. 10, the control unit 10 controls the shutter drive unit 24 to move the shutter 23 to the rearward open position (that is, opens the shutter 23) when depositing the bill BL2, and stores the storage unit. The 20 banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX and the upper opening 22A of the banknote accommodating part 22 are both opened.

この状態で異物排出部11は、紙幣収容部22に1又は複数の紙幣BL2と共に、誤って複数の硬貨CIが投入されると、1又は複数の紙幣BL2については、紙幣収容部22の紙幣支持部22B、22Cによって支持するようにして当該紙幣収容部22内に留める。   In this state, when the foreign matter discharging unit 11 mistakenly inserts a plurality of coins CI together with one or a plurality of banknotes BL2 into the banknote storage unit 22, the banknote support of the banknote storage unit 22 is used for one or a plurality of banknotes BL2. It fastens in the said banknote accommodating part 22 so that it may support by the part 22B and 22C.

これにより異物排出部11は、1又は複数の紙幣BL2については、この後の紙幣収容部22から搬送路18への入金用の繰り出しを可能にしている。   Thereby, the foreign material discharge | emission part 11 enables drawing | feeding-out for the deposit | payment from the banknote accommodating part 22 after this to the conveyance path 18 about one or several banknote BL2.

また図11に示すように、異物排出部11は、この際、複数の硬貨CIについては、紙幣収容部22の異物落下用穴22D乃至22Fに通して当該紙幣収容部22の収容部下端から落下させる。   Further, as shown in FIG. 11, the foreign material discharge unit 11 passes through the foreign material dropping holes 22 </ b> D to 22 </ b> F of the banknote storage unit 22 and falls from the lower end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22 for a plurality of coins CI. Let

これにより異物排出部11は、紙幣収容部22に投入された1又は複数の紙幣BL2から、この際に誤って投入された複数の硬貨CIを、紙幣BL2の入金処理に対する異物として分離する。   Thereby, the foreign material discharge | emission part 11 isolate | separates the several coin CI input accidentally at this time from the 1 or several banknote BL2 thrown into the banknote accommodating part 22 as a foreign material with respect to the payment process of banknote BL2.

そして異物収容部11は、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端から落下した複数の硬貨CIを、異物受取繰出部25において受取繰出ガイド30の異物取込口30Xから異物落下通路に通して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載せるようにして受け取る。   The foreign matter storage unit 11 passes the plurality of coins CI that have dropped from the lower end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22 through the foreign matter intake passage 30X of the receipt delivery guide 30 through the foreign matter drop passage in the foreign matter reception delivery unit 25, and the conveyor belt 28. Is received on the upper flat portion 28A.

この際、図12に示すように、制御部10は、第1駆動方式に応じてベルト駆動部29(すなわち、モータの出力軸の回転と共に複数のギヤの回転等)を制御して、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向に回転させる。よって制御部10は、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させる。   At this time, as shown in FIG. 12, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 (that is, the rotation of a plurality of gears together with the rotation of the output shaft of the motor) according to the first driving method, and the left pulley The conveyor belt 28 is rotated in one rotation direction together with the belt 26 and the right pulley 27. Therefore, at this time, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 toward the feeding side by the amount of foreign matter feeding displacement.

これにより制御部10は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨CIがそれぞれ他の硬貨CIに重ならずに水平姿勢で載っていると、圧縮コイルばね31よりも右側に存在する硬貨CIについては、そのまま異物繰出通路に送り出し異物搬送路21を介して返却口9まで搬送する。   Thereby, for example, when the plurality of coins CI are placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in a horizontal posture without overlapping with other coins CI, the control unit 10 exists on the right side of the compression coil spring 31. The coin CI to be sent is sent out to the foreign material feeding path as it is and conveyed to the return port 9 through the foreign material conveying path 21.

また制御部10は、この際、圧縮コイルばね31よりも左側に存在する硬貨CIについては、当該圧縮コイルばね31の下を通した後、異物繰出通路に送り出し異物搬送路21を介して返却口9まで搬送する。   At this time, the control unit 10 passes the coin CI present on the left side of the compression coil spring 31 under the compression coil spring 31, and then sends it out to the foreign material supply path through the foreign material conveyance path 21. Transport to 9.

さらに、制御部10は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aにおいて圧縮コイルばね31よりも右側に複数の硬貨CIが積層状に重なって載り、又は左向きで楔状に重なって載っていると、これら複数の硬貨CIを繰出量制限部32によって、その重なりを適宜崩して異物繰出通路に送り出し異物搬送路21を介して返却口9まで搬送する。   Further, for example, when the control unit 10 has a plurality of coins CI stacked on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, or stacked in a wedge shape on the left side, The plurality of coins CI are appropriately collapsed by the feeding amount restricting unit 32, sent to the foreign material feeding path, and conveyed to the return port 9 through the foreign material conveying path 21.

因みに、制御部10は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aにおいて圧縮コイルばね31よりも右側に複数の硬貨CIが右向きで楔状に重なって載っていても、その重なりの高さが異物繰出通路の水平区間の高さ以下であると、これら複数の硬貨CIを異物繰出通路に送り出し異物搬送路21を介して返却口9まで搬送する。   Incidentally, for example, even when a plurality of coins CI are placed on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 in the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 and overlapped in a wedge shape on the right side, the height of the overlap is controlled by the control unit 10. If the height is equal to or less than the height of the horizontal section of the passage, the plurality of coins CI are sent out to the foreign matter feeding passage and conveyed to the return port 9 through the foreign matter conveyance path 21.

さらにまた制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aにおいて圧縮コイルばね31よりも左側に複数の硬貨CIが積層状に重なって載り、又は左向きや右向きで楔状に重なって載っていると、これら複数の硬貨CIを圧縮コイルばね31より、その重なりを適宜崩して異物繰出通路に送り出し異物搬送路21を介して返却口9まで搬送する。   Furthermore, the control unit 10 has a plurality of coins CI stacked on the left side of the compression coil spring 31 on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, or stacked on the left or right side in a wedge shape. The plurality of coins CI are appropriately collapsed from the compression coil spring 31 and sent out to the foreign matter feeding path and conveyed to the return port 9 via the foreign matter conveying path 21.

ただし、制御部10は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aにおいて圧縮コイルばね31よりも右側に複数の硬貨CIが右向きで楔状に重なって載っているものの、その重なりの高さが異物繰出通路の水平区間の高さよりも高いと、これら複数の硬貨CIが異物繰出通路の入口に引っ掛かって繰り出せない場合がある。   However, the control unit 10, for example, has a plurality of coins CI placed on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 in the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the conveyor belt 28 so as to be overlapped in a wedge shape to the right, but the overlapping height is the foreign matter feeding out. If the height is higher than the height of the horizontal section of the passage, the plurality of coins CI may be caught by the entrance of the foreign matter feeding passage and cannot be fed out.

このため図13に示すように、制御部10は、搬送ベルト28を一回転方向に回転させて上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させると、引き続き第2駆動方式に応じてベルト駆動部29を制御して、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を他回転方向に回転させるようにしている。よって制御部10は、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させる。   For this reason, as shown in FIG. 13, when the control unit 10 rotates the conveyor belt 28 in one rotation direction and displaces the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A toward the feeding side by the amount of foreign object feeding displacement, it continues according to the second driving method. The belt driving unit 29 is controlled so that the conveying belt 28 is rotated in the other rotation direction together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. Therefore, at this time, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 toward the return side by the amount of foreign object return displacement.

これにより制御部10は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aにおいて圧縮コイルばね31よりも右側に複数の硬貨CIが右向きで、異物繰出通路の水平区間の高さよりも高く楔状に重なって載っていても、これら複数の硬貨CIを左方向へ搬送しながら圧縮コイルばね31によって、その重なりを崩すことができる。   Thereby, for example, the control unit 10 places a plurality of coins CI on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 in the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, and is placed in a wedge shape higher than the height of the horizontal section of the foreign matter feeding passage. However, the overlap can be broken by the compression coil spring 31 while conveying the plurality of coins CI in the left direction.

ところで、図14(A)に示すように、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aには、圧縮コイルばね31よりも左側全体に亘り複数の硬貨CIが幾つもの積層状の重なりとして載り、当該圧縮コイルばね31よりも右側に、複数の硬貨CIが右向きの楔状の重なりとして載る場合がある。   By the way, as shown in FIG. 14A, a plurality of coins CI are placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 as a plurality of stacked overlaps over the entire left side of the compression coil spring 31. A plurality of coins CI may be placed on the right side of the spring 31 as a right-handed wedge-shaped overlap.

このような場合、制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを異物戻し変位量だけ変位させただけでは、圧縮コイルばね31の右側に存在する複数の硬貨CIの左方向への移動が、圧縮コイルばね31の左側に存在する複数の硬貨CIによって遮られ、当該右側の複数の硬貨CIの重なりを圧縮コイルばね31によっては崩すことができないことがある。   In such a case, the control unit 10 can move the plurality of coins CI present on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 in the left direction only by displacing the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 by the amount of foreign object return displacement. In some cases, the compression coil spring 31 may not be able to break the overlap of the right plurality of coins CI due to being blocked by the plurality of coins CI existing on the left side of the compression coil spring 31.

このため制御部10は、このように搬送ベルト28を他回転方向に回転させて上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させると、引き続き第3駆動方式に応じてベルト駆動部29を制御して、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向に順次交互に回転させるようにしている。   For this reason, when the control unit 10 rotates the transport belt 28 in the other rotation direction and displaces the upper flat portion 28A toward the return side by the amount of foreign object return displacement, the belt drive unit 29 continues in accordance with the third drive method. And the conveyor belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 are alternately rotated in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.

よって制御部10は、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側及び戻し側へ振動変位量ずつ変位させる(すなわち、左右に小刻みに振動させる)。   Therefore, at this time, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 by the amount of vibration displacement toward the feeding side and the return side (that is, vibrates little by little to the left and right).

これにより制御部10は、このような場合、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの振動を、圧縮コイルばね31の右側に存在する複数の硬貨CIに加えて、その振動によって当該複数の硬貨CIの右向きの楔状の重なりを崩すことができる。   Accordingly, in such a case, the control unit 10 adds the vibration of the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28 to the plurality of coins CI present on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 and causes the vibrations of the plurality of coins CI to occur. You can break the right wedge-shaped overlap.

そして図14(B)及び図15に示すように、制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを左右に振動させると、引き続き第1駆動方式に応じて上述と同様に当該搬送ベルト28を一回転方向に回転させて上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させる。   Then, as shown in FIGS. 14B and 15, when the control unit 10 vibrates the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the transport belt 28 to the left and right, the transport belt 28 continues to be the same as described above according to the first driving method. Is rotated in one rotation direction to displace the upper flat portion 28A toward the feeding side by a foreign matter feeding displacement amount.

これにより制御部10は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28A上で重なりを崩した複数の硬貨CIを異物繰出通路に送り出し異物搬送路21を介して返却口9まで搬送する。   Thereby, for example, the control unit 10 sends out a plurality of coins CI that have been overlapped on the upper flat portion 28 </ b> A of the transport belt 28 to the foreign material feed path and transports them to the return port 9 via the foreign material transport path 21.

このようにして制御部10は、異物繰出通路内の硬貨の通過の有無を監視しながら、第1駆動方式乃至第3駆動方式による一連の搬送ベルト28の駆動を繰り返し実行する。   In this way, the control unit 10 repeatedly executes a series of driving of the conveyor belt 28 by the first driving method to the third driving method while monitoring the presence or absence of the passage of coins in the foreign matter feeding path.

これにより制御部10は、この際、紙幣収容部22に誤って投入された複数の硬貨CIを全て異物繰出通路に送り出し異物搬送路21を介して返却口9まで搬送し、かくして顧客に返却することができる。   Thereby, at this time, the control unit 10 sends all the plurality of coins CI erroneously inserted into the banknote storage unit 22 to the foreign material supply path, conveys them to the return port 9 via the foreign material conveyance path 21, and returns them to the customer. be able to.

ここで、図16(A)乃至(D)及び図17(A)乃至(D)に示すタイミングチャートを用いて、制御部10が実行する異物排出処理手順について説明する。   Here, the foreign substance discharge processing procedure executed by the control unit 10 will be described with reference to timing charts shown in FIGS. 16 (A) to (D) and FIGS. 17 (A) to (D).

制御部10は、顧客により所望の取り引きとして紙幣の入金が選択されると、その入金が選択された時点t1に、異物排出部11を制御して例えば、図16(A)乃至(D)に示す異物排出処理手順を開始する。   When depositing a bill as a desired transaction is selected by the customer, the control unit 10 controls the foreign matter discharging unit 11 at the time t1 when the deposit is selected, for example, as shown in FIGS. 16A to 16D. The foreign matter discharge processing procedure shown is started.

そして制御部10は、その時点t1に、シャッタ駆動部24のモータに対し、当該モータの出力軸を例えば、正回転させるためのモータ正回転信号S1を送出する(図16(A))。   Then, at the time t1, the control unit 10 sends a motor normal rotation signal S1 for rotating the output shaft of the motor, for example, to the motor of the shutter driving unit 24 (FIG. 16A).

これにより制御部10は、モータ正回転信号S1に基づきシャッタ駆動部24を制御してシャッタ23を開放位置まで移動させて開くことにより、収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AX及び紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを共に開放して、当該シャッタ23を開いたままにする。   Thereby, the control part 10 controls the shutter drive part 24 based on the motor normal rotation signal S1, moves the shutter 23 to the open position, and opens it, so that the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX of the storage part 20 and the banknote storage part 22 are opened. The upper opening 22A is opened together, and the shutter 23 is kept open.

また制御部10は、その時点t1にセンサ37の発光素子35に対し、発射光を発射させるための発光信号S2を送出し始める(図16(B))。   Further, at the time t1, the control unit 10 starts to send a light emission signal S2 for emitting emission light to the light emitting element 35 of the sensor 37 (FIG. 16B).

これにより制御部10は、発光信号S2に基づき発光素子35に発射光を発射させて、当該発光素子35に対し発射光を継続して発射させるようにする。   Accordingly, the control unit 10 causes the light emitting element 35 to emit emission light based on the light emission signal S2, and causes the light emitting element 35 to continuously emit emission light.

さらに制御部10は、その時点t1に、センサ37の受光素子36を動作させて、当該受光素子35から送出される異物通過有無信号S3を取り込み始める(図16(C))。   Further, at the time t1, the control unit 10 operates the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 to start taking in the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3 sent from the light receiving element 35 (FIG. 16C).

さらに制御部10は、その時点t1にベルト駆動部29のモータに対し、当該モータの出力軸を正回転させるためのモータ正回転信号S4を送出し始める。   Furthermore, the control unit 10 starts to send out a motor normal rotation signal S4 for rotating the output shaft of the motor to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 at the time t1.

そして制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29のモータにモータ正回転信号S4を、時点t1から異物繰出用動作時間T1に到達する時点t2までの間、送出し続ける(図16(D))。   Then, the control unit 10 continues to send the motor forward rotation signal S4 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 from the time point t1 to the time point t2 when the foreign matter feeding operation time T1 is reached (FIG. 16D).

これにより制御部10は、時点t1から時点t2までの間(すなわち、異物繰出用動作時間T1)、モータ正回転信号S4に基づきベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させる。   Thereby, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 based on the motor forward rotation signal S4 from the time point t1 to the time point t2 (that is, the foreign matter feeding operation time T1) and conveys it together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. The belt 28 is rotated in one rotation direction.

よって制御部10は、時点t1から時点t2までの間、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、繰出側(すなわち、右方向)へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させる。   Therefore, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 by the amount of foreign object feeding displacement from the time point t1 to the time point t2 toward the feeding side (that is, rightward).

因みに、以下の説明では、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位を、適宜、硬貨CIの繰出用の変位とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount toward the feeding side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is also referred to as a displacement for feeding out the coin CI as appropriate.

従って制御部10は、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨CIが載っていると、これら複数の硬貨CIを、圧縮コイルばね31及び繰出量制限部32により適宜その重なりを崩すようにして繰出側へ送り出すことができる。   Therefore, at this time, when a plurality of coins CI are placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, the control unit 10 appropriately overlaps the plurality of coins CI by the compression coil spring 31 and the feed amount limiting unit 32. It can be sent out to the feeding side as it breaks down.

また制御部10は、時点t2にベルト駆動部29のモータに対するモータ正回転信号S4の送出を停止して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28の一回転方向への回転を停止させると、そのすぐ後の時点t3にベルト駆動部29のモータに、当該モータの出力軸を逆回転させるためのモータ逆回転信号S5を送出し始める。   Further, when the control unit 10 stops sending the motor forward rotation signal S4 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 at time t2, and stops the rotation of the conveying belt 28 in one rotation direction together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27, Immediately after that, the motor reverse rotation signal S5 for reversely rotating the output shaft of the motor starts to be sent to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 at time t3.

そして制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29のモータにモータ逆回転信号S5を、時点t3から異物戻し用動作時間T2に到達する時点t4までの間、送出し続ける(図16(D))。   Then, the control unit 10 continues to send the motor reverse rotation signal S5 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 from time t3 to time t4 when reaching the foreign object return operation time T2 (FIG. 16D).

これにより制御部10は、時点t3から時点t4までの間(すなわち、異物戻し用動作時間T2)、モータ逆回転信号S5に基づきベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を他回転方向へ回転させる。   As a result, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 based on the motor reverse rotation signal S5 from the time point t3 to the time point t4 (that is, the foreign object return operation time T2), and transports it together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. The belt 28 is rotated in the other rotation direction.

よって制御部10は、時点t3から時点t4までの間、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを戻し側(すなわち、左方向)へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させる。   Accordingly, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 toward the return side (that is, the left direction) by the amount of foreign object return displacement from time t3 to time t4.

因みに、以下の説明では、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する戻し側への異物戻し変位量の変位を、適宜、硬貨CIの戻し用の変位とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the displacement of the foreign matter return displacement amount toward the return side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is also referred to as a return displacement of the coin CI as appropriate.

従って制御部10は、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨CIが載っていると、これら複数の硬貨CIを戻し側へ戻すようにして、圧縮コイルばね31により複数の硬貨CIの重なりを適宜崩すことができる。   Therefore, at this time, when a plurality of coins CI are placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28, the control unit 10 returns the plurality of coins CI to the return side, and a plurality of coins are compressed by the compression coil spring 31. CI overlap can be broken as appropriate.

さらに制御部10は、時点t4にベルト駆動部29のモータに対するモータ逆回転信号S5の送出を停止して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28の他回転方向への回転を停止させると、そのすぐ後の時点t5から時点6までの間、ベルト駆動部29のモータに、モータ正回転信号S4とモータ逆回転信号S5とを順次交互に振動用動作時間T3ずつ所定回数(例えば、合計で8回)送出する(図16(D))。   Further, when the control unit 10 stops sending the motor reverse rotation signal S5 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 at time t4 and stops the rotation of the conveying belt 28 in the other rotation direction together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27, Immediately thereafter, from the time t5 to the time 6, the motor of the belt drive unit 29 is alternately supplied with the motor forward rotation signal S4 and the motor reverse rotation signal S5 alternately for a predetermined number of times (for example, in total). 8 times) (FIG. 16D).

これにより制御部10は、時点t5から時点t6までの間、モータ正回転信号S4及びモータ逆回転信号S5に基づきベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に回転させる。   As a result, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 based on the motor forward rotation signal S4 and the motor reverse rotation signal S5 from time t5 to time t6 so that the conveyor belt 28 is moved together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. Rotate alternately in the rotation direction and other rotation directions.

よって制御部10は、時点t5から時点t6までの間、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、繰出側及び戻し側(すなわち、右方向及び左方向)へ順次交互に振動変位量ずつ変位させるようにして小刻みに振動させる。   Therefore, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 alternately and alternately by the amount of vibration displacement from the time point t5 to the time point t6 alternately to the feeding side and the returning side (that is, the right direction and the left direction). And vibrate in small increments.

因みに、以下の説明では、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出側及び戻し側への振動変位量ずつの順次交互の変位を、適宜、硬貨CIの振動用の変位とも呼ぶ。   Incidentally, in the following description, the sequential and alternate displacements by the amount of vibration displacement to the feeding side and the return side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 are also referred to as displacement for vibration of the coin CI as appropriate.

従って制御部10は、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに複数の硬貨CIが重なって載っていると、これら複数の硬貨CIに搬送ベルト28の振動を加えて、その重なり崩すことができる。   Accordingly, at this time, if a plurality of coins CI are superimposed on the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28, the control unit 10 may apply vibrations of the transport belt 28 to the plurality of coins CI and cause the overlap. it can.

このようにして制御部10は、時点t1から時点t6までのような、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する一連の繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させるためのベルト駆動部29の制御と、戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させるためのベルト駆動部29の制御と、繰出側及び戻し側へ振動変位量ずつ複数回変位させるためのベルト駆動部29の制御とを1サイクルとして、その1サイクルのベルト駆動部29の制御を適宜繰り返すように搬送ベルト28を駆動する。   In this way, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 to displace the foreign matter feeding displacement amount toward the series of feeding sides with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveying belt 28, from the time point t1 to the time point t6. The control of the belt drive unit 29 for displacing the foreign matter return displacement amount to the return side and the control of the belt drive unit 29 for displacing the vibration displacement amount to the feeding side and the return side multiple times are set as one cycle. The conveying belt 28 is driven so that the control of the belt driving unit 29 in the cycle is repeated as appropriate.

すなわち、センサ37の受光素子36は、例えば、時点t1から時点t2までの間に、搬送ベルト28により複数の硬貨CIの少なくとも1枚以上が左方向に搬送され異物繰出通路を通過すると、その通過により反射光を受光し得ない間だけ異物通過有無信号S3の信号レベルを論理「L」レベルから論理「H」レベルに立ち上げるように変化させる。   That is, the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 passes, for example, when at least one of the plurality of coins CI is conveyed leftward by the conveyor belt 28 and passes through the foreign material supply path from the time t1 to the time t2. Thus, the signal level of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3 is changed from the logic “L” level to the logic “H” level only while the reflected light cannot be received.

そして制御部10は、時点t1から時点t2までの間に異物通過有無信号S3の信号レベルが一時的に論理「L」レベルから論理「H」レベルに立ち上がると、当該異物通過有無信号S3の信号レベルの変化に基づき、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが繰り出されたことを検出する(図16(C))。   When the signal level of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3 temporarily rises from the logic “L” level to the logic “H” level between the time point t1 and the time point t2, the control unit 10 outputs the signal of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3. Based on the level change, it is detected that the coin CI has been fed out from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 (FIG. 16C).

制御部10は、このように時点t1から時点t2までの間に異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが繰り出されたことを検出していると、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する左右の振動を停止させた時点t6のすぐ後の時点t7にベルト駆動部29のモータに対しモータ正回転信号S4を送出し始める。   When the control unit 10 detects that the coin CI has been fed from the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 between the time point t1 and the time point t2, the left and right vibrations on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 are detected. The motor forward rotation signal S4 starts to be sent to the motor of the belt drive unit 29 at time t7 immediately after the time t6 when the motor is stopped.

そして制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29のモータにモータ正回転信号S4を、時点t7から異物繰出用動作時間T1に到達する時点t8までの間、送出し続ける(図16(D))。   Then, the control unit 10 continues to send the motor forward rotation signal S4 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 from time t7 to time t8 when reaching the foreign matter feeding operation time T1 (FIG. 16D).

これにより制御部10は、時点t7から時点t8までの間、モータ正回転信号S4に基づきベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させて、当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを再び繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させる。   Thus, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 based on the motor forward rotation signal S4 from the time point t7 to the time point t8 to rotate the conveying belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in one rotation direction. Then, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is again displaced toward the feeding side by the foreign matter feeding displacement amount.

また制御部10は、時点t8にベルト駆動部29のモータに対するモータ正回転信号S4の送出を停止して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28の一回転方向への回転を停止させると、そのすぐ後の時点t9にベルト駆動部29のモータに対しモータ逆回転信号S5を送出し始める。   Further, when the control unit 10 stops sending the motor forward rotation signal S4 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 at time t8 and stops the rotation of the conveying belt 28 in one rotation direction together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27, Immediately after that, at time t9, the motor reverse rotation signal S5 starts to be sent to the motor of the belt drive unit 29.

そして制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29のモータにモータ逆回転信号S5を、時点t9から異物戻し用動作時間T2に到達する時点t10までの間、送出し続ける(図16(D))。   Then, the control unit 10 continues to send the motor reverse rotation signal S5 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 from time t9 to time t10 when reaching the foreign object return operation time T2 (FIG. 16D).

これにより制御部10は、時点t9から時点t10までの間、モータ逆回転信号S5に基づきベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を他回転方向へ回転させて、当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させる。   Thus, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 based on the motor reverse rotation signal S5 from the time t9 to the time t10 to rotate the conveying belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in the other rotation direction. Then, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is displaced toward the return side by the amount of foreign object return displacement.

さらに制御部10は、時点t10にベルト駆動部29のモータに対するモータ逆回転信号S5の送出を停止して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28の他回転方向への回転を停止させると、そのすぐ後の時点t11から時点12までの間、ベルト駆動部29のモータにモータ正回転信号S4及びモータ逆回転信号S5を順次交互に振動用動作時間T3ずつ所定回数送出する(図16(D))。   Further, when the control unit 10 stops sending the motor reverse rotation signal S5 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 at time t10 and stops the rotation of the conveying belt 28 in the other rotation direction together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27, Immediately thereafter, from the time t11 to the time 12, the motor forward rotation signal S4 and the motor reverse rotation signal S5 are sequentially and alternately sent to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 for a predetermined number of times for the vibration operation time T3 (FIG. 16D). )).

これにより制御部10は、時点t11から時点t12までの間、モータ正回転信号S4及びモータ逆回転信号S5に基づきベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に回転させる。   As a result, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 based on the motor forward rotation signal S4 and the motor reverse rotation signal S5 from time t11 to time t12 so that the conveyor belt 28 is moved together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. Rotate alternately in the rotation direction and other rotation directions.

よって制御部10は、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側及び戻し側へ順次交互に振動変位量ずつ変位させて小刻みに振動させる。   Accordingly, at this time, the control unit 10 causes the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 to be displaced alternately by the amount of vibration displacement to the feeding side and the return side, and vibrates in small increments.

このようにして制御部10は、時点t7から時点t12に亘り、上述した時点t1から時点t6までと同様にベルト駆動部29を制御して、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを再び硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させる。   In this way, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 from the time point t7 to the time point t12 in the same manner as from the time point t1 to the time point t6 described above, so that the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28 is moved again to the coin CI. Displace for feeding and returning and for vibration.

ただし、センサ37の受光素子36は、例えば、時点t7から時点t8までの搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する2回目の異物繰出変位量の変位で異物繰出通路を1枚の硬貨CIも通過していないと、異物通過有無信号S3の信号レベルを論理「L」レベルに立ち下げたまま変化させない。   However, the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37, for example, also passes a single coin CI through the foreign matter feeding path due to the displacement of the second foreign matter feeding displacement amount with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 from time t7 to time t8. Otherwise, the signal level of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3 remains unchanged at the logic “L” level.

よって制御部10は、時点t7から時点t8までの間に異物通過有無信号S3の信号レベルが論理「L」レベルのまま変化しないと、その異物通過有無信号S3の信号レベルに基づき、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが1枚も繰り出されていないことを検出する(図16(C))。   Therefore, if the signal level of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3 does not change from the time t7 to the time point t8 and remains at the logic "L" level, the control unit 10 performs the foreign object reception and delivery based on the signal level of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3. It is detected that no coin CI has been fed out from the section 25 (FIG. 16C).

そして制御部10は、時点t7から時点t8までの間に異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが1枚も繰り出されていないことを検出していると、異物受取繰出部25からの全ての硬貨CIの繰り出しが完了した可能性があるため、時点t13に異物受取繰出部25から異物搬送路21への全ての硬貨CIの繰り出しが完了したか否かの確認用に搬送ベルト28を駆動し始める。   If the control unit 10 detects that no coin CI has been fed out from the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 between time t7 and time t8, all the coins CI from the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 are detected. Therefore, at the time t13, the conveyor belt 28 is started to be driven for confirming whether or not all the coins CI have been fed from the foreign material receiving and feeding section 25 to the foreign material conveyance path 21.

すなわち、制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する2回目の左右の振動を停止させた時点t12のすぐ後の時点t13にベルト駆動部29のモータにモータ正回転信号S4を送出し始める。   That is, the control unit 10 sends the motor forward rotation signal S4 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 at a time t13 immediately after the time t12 when the second horizontal vibration to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is stopped. start.

そして制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29のモータにモータ正回転信号S4を、時点t13から異物繰出用動作時間T1に到達する時点t14までの間、送出し続ける(図16(D))。   The control unit 10 continues to send the motor forward rotation signal S4 to the motor of the belt driving unit 29 from time t13 to time t14 when reaching the foreign matter feeding operation time T1 (FIG. 16D).

これにより制御部10は、時点t13から時点t14までの間、モータ正回転信号S4に基づきベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させて、当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させる。   Thus, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 based on the motor forward rotation signal S4 from the time point t13 to the time point t14 to rotate the conveying belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in one rotation direction. Then, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is displaced toward the feeding side by a foreign matter feeding displacement amount.

そして制御部10は、時点t13から時点t14に亘り搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させても、その間に異物通過有無信号S3の信号レベルが論理「L」レベルのまま変化しないと、その時点t14において、異物繰出通路からの硬貨CIの繰り出しが完了していると判別する。   Even if the controller 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 from the time point t13 to the time point t14 by the amount of foreign object feeding displacement, the signal level of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3 is logically “L” during that time. If the level remains unchanged, at time t14, it is determined that the feeding of the coin CI from the foreign material feeding path is completed.

このようにして制御部10は、時点t14に異物繰出通路からの硬貨CIの繰り出しの完了を確認すると、その時点t14にシャッタ駆動部24のモータに対し、当該モータの出力軸を例えば、逆回転させるためのモータ逆回転信号S6を送出する(図16(A))。   In this way, when the control unit 10 confirms the completion of the feeding of the coin CI from the foreign material feeding path at the time t14, the control shaft 10 reversely rotates, for example, the output shaft of the motor with respect to the motor of the shutter driving unit 24 at the time t14. A motor reverse rotation signal S6 is sent out (FIG. 16A).

これにより制御部10は、モータ逆回転信号S6に基づきシャッタ駆動部24を制御してシャッタ23を閉塞位置まで移動させて閉じることにより、収納部20の紙幣入出金口20AX及び紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを共に閉塞して、当該シャッタ23を閉じたままにする。   As a result, the control unit 10 controls the shutter drive unit 24 based on the motor reverse rotation signal S6 to move the shutter 23 to the closed position and close it, so that the banknote deposit / withdrawal port 20AX of the storage unit 20 and the banknote storage unit 22 are closed. The upper opening 22A is closed together, and the shutter 23 is kept closed.

また制御部10は、例えば、その時点t14にセンサ37の発光素子35に対する発光信号S2の送出を停止して(図16(B))、当該発光素子35に発射光の発射を停止させる。   Further, for example, at the time t14, the control unit 10 stops sending the light emission signal S2 to the light emitting element 35 of the sensor 37 (FIG. 16B), and stops the light emitting element 35 from emitting emitted light.

さらに制御部10は、例えば、その時点t14に、センサ37において受光素子36の動作も停止(すなわち、異物通過有無信号S3の送出を停止)させる(図16(C))。   Further, for example, at the time t14, the control unit 10 also stops the operation of the light receiving element 36 in the sensor 37 (that is, stops sending the foreign object passage presence / absence signal S3) (FIG. 16C).

そして制御部10は、このようにしてシャッタ23を閉じると、図16(A)乃至(D)に示す異物排出処理手順を終了する。   When the control unit 10 closes the shutter 23 in this way, the foreign matter discharge processing procedure shown in FIGS.

ところで、制御部10は、顧客により新たに入金が選択された時点t20に、異物排出部11を制御して例えば、図17(A)乃至(D)に示す異物排出処理手順を開始すると、その時点t20に、上述と同様にシャッタ23を駆動して開くと共に、センサ37の発光素子35及び受光素子36を動作させる(図17(A)乃至(C))。   By the way, the control unit 10 controls the foreign matter discharge unit 11 at a time t20 when a new deposit is selected by the customer, and starts the foreign matter discharge processing procedure shown in FIGS. 17A to 17D, for example. At time t20, the shutter 23 is driven and opened in the same manner as described above, and the light emitting element 35 and the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37 are operated (FIGS. 17A to 17C).

また制御部10は、この際、時点t20から時点t21にかけて上述と同様に、ベルト駆動部29を制御して(図17(D))、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させる。   At this time, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 from the time point t20 to the time point t21 in the same manner as described above (FIG. 17D), and the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is used for feeding the coin CI. And for return and vibration.

そして制御部10は、時点t20から開始した搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する1回目の繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位の間に、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが繰り出されたことを検出すると(図17(C))、引き続き時点t22から時点t23にかけて同様にベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを再び硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させる(図17(D))。   Then, the control unit 10 determines that the coin CI has been fed out from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 during the displacement of the foreign material feeding displacement amount to the first feeding side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 started from time t20. (FIG. 17C), the belt drive unit 29 is similarly controlled from time t22 to time t23, and the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is again used for feeding and returning coins CI and for vibration. It is displaced (FIG. 17D).

その結果、制御部10は、時点t22から開始した搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する2回目の繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位の間に、再び異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが繰り出されたことを検出すると(図17(C))、引き続き上述と同様にベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させる(図17(D))。   As a result, the control unit 10 again feeds the coin CI from the foreign matter receiving and feeding portion 25 during the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount toward the second feeding side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 started from time t22. When this is detected (FIG. 17C), the belt drive unit 29 is subsequently controlled in the same manner as described above to displace the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 for feeding and returning coins CI and for vibration. (FIG. 17D).

このようにして制御部10は、異物受取繰出部25からの硬貨CIの繰り出しの有無を監視しながら、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させ、その繰出用の変位の間に異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが繰り出されたことを検出していると(図17(C))、上側平坦部28Aを再び硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させる(図17(D))。   In this way, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 for feeding and returning the coin CI and for vibration while monitoring whether or not the coin CI is fed from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25. When it is detected that the coin CI has been fed from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 during the feeding displacement (FIG. 17C), the upper flat portion 28A is again used for feeding and returning the coin CI. And it is displaced for vibration (FIG. 17D).

また制御部10は、時点t24から開始した搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対するN回目の繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位の間に、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが1枚も繰り出されていないことを検出すると(図17(C))、引き続き時点t25から上述と同様に、全ての硬貨CIの繰出完了の確認用に搬送ベルト28を駆動する。   Further, the control unit 10 feeds out one coin CI from the foreign matter receiving and feeding portion 25 during the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount to the Nth feeding side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveying belt 28 started from time t24. When it is detected that it has not been detected (FIG. 17C), the conveyor belt 28 is continuously driven from time t25 to confirm the completion of the payout of all coins CI, as described above.

その結果、制御部10は、その時点t25から時点t26までの搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位の間も、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが1枚も繰り出されていないことを検出すると、異物受取繰出部25から異物搬送路21への硬貨CIの繰り出しが完了したと判別する。   As a result, the control unit 10 receives one coin CI from the foreign matter receiving and feeding portion 25 during the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount toward the feeding side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 from the time t25 to the time t26. If it is detected that the coin CI has not been fed out, it is determined that the feeding of the coin CI from the foreign material receiving and feeding part 25 to the foreign material transport path 21 is completed.

そして制御部10は、このように異物受取繰出部25から異物搬送路21への硬貨CIの繰り出しが完了したことを確認すると、その確認がとれた時点t26には上述と同様にシャッタ23を閉じる(図17(A))。   When the control unit 10 confirms that the coin CI has been fed from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 to the foreign material transport path 21 in this way, the shutter 23 is closed in the same manner as described above at the time t26 when the confirmation is obtained. (FIG. 17A).

また制御部10は、例えば、その時点t26に、上述と同様にセンサ37において発光素子35に発射光の発射を停止させる(図17(B))と共に、受光素子36の動作も停止させ(図17(C))、図17(A)乃至(D)に示す異物排出処理手順を終了する。   Further, for example, at the time point t26, the control unit 10 causes the light emitting element 35 to stop emitting light in the sensor 37 similarly to the above (FIG. 17B) and also stops the operation of the light receiving element 36 (FIG. 17). 17 (C)) and the foreign matter discharge processing procedure shown in FIGS.

因みに、制御部10は、全ての硬貨CIの繰出完了の確認用に搬送ベルト28を駆動している間(すなわち、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させている間)に、再び異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが繰り出されたことを検出すると、その繰出完了の確認用の搬送ベルト28の駆動を、上側平坦部28Aを硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させるための駆動に切り換える。   Incidentally, the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 toward the feeding side by the amount of foreign object feeding displacement while driving the conveying belt 28 for confirming the completion of the feeding of all the coins CI. When the coin CI is again fed out from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25, the conveyance belt 28 for confirming the completion of the feeding is driven, and the upper flat portion 28A is used for feeding and returning the coin CI. In addition, the drive is switched to a displacement for vibration.

すなわち、制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、全ての硬貨CIの繰出完了の確認用に変位させると、その変位を一連の硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用の変位のうち当該繰出用の変位と見なして、引き続き残りの変位を実行するようにして戻し用に変位させた後、振動用に変位させる。   That is, when the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 for confirming the completion of the feeding of all the coins CI, the displacement is used for feeding and returning a series of coins CI and for vibration. Of these, the displacement is regarded as the feeding displacement, and the remaining displacement is continuously executed and displaced for return, and then displaced for vibration.

そして制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する振動(すなわち、振動用の変位)が終了すると、上述と同様にベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを再び硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させるようにして異物排出処理手順を継続する。   When the vibration with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 (that is, the displacement for vibration) is completed, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 in the same manner as described above so that the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is moved again. The foreign matter discharge processing procedure is continued so as to be displaced for feeding and returning coins CI and for vibration.

このようにして制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って1又は複数の硬貨CIが投入されても、その硬貨CIをほぼ確実に異物受取繰出部25から異物搬送路21へ繰り出し返却口9を介して顧客に返却することができる。   In this way, when the banknote is deposited, the control unit 10 almost certainly reliably inserts the coin CI from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 into the foreign material transport path 25 even if one or a plurality of coins CI are erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion / removal unit 6. It is possible to return to the customer via the payout port 9.

制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、異物排出処理手順を開始しても、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する1回目の繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位の間に、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが1枚も繰り出されていないことを検出すると、引き続き全ての硬貨CIの繰出完了の確認用と同様に搬送ベルト28を駆動する。   Even when the foreign matter discharge processing procedure is started when the banknote is deposited, the control unit 10 does not remove the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit during the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount to the first feeding side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28. When it is detected from 25 that no coin CI has been fed out, the conveyor belt 28 is driven in the same manner as in the confirmation of the completion of the feeding out of all the coins CI.

その結果、制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出完了の確認用の変位(すなわち、2回目の繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位)の間に、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが繰り出されたことを検出すると、その際の搬送ベルト28の駆動を、上述と同様に上側平坦部28Aを硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させるための駆動に切り換える。   As a result, the control unit 10 performs the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 during the displacement for confirming the feeding completion with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 (that is, the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount toward the second feeding side). When it is detected that the coin CI has been fed out, the driving of the conveyor belt 28 at that time is switched to driving for displacing the upper flat portion 28A for feeding and returning the coin CI and for vibration as in the case described above. .

すなわち、制御部10は、この場合も搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、全ての硬貨CIの繰出完了の確認用に変位させると、その変位を一連の硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用の変位のうち当該繰出用の変位と見なして、引き続き残りの変位を実行するようにして戻し用に変位させた後、振動用に変位させる。   That is, in this case as well, when the control unit 10 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 for confirming the completion of the feeding of all the coins CI, the displacement is used for feeding and returning a series of coins CI and vibration. Of these displacements, the displacement is regarded as the feeding displacement, and the remaining displacement is continuously executed to be displaced for return and then displaced for vibration.

そして制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する振動(すなわち、振動用の変位)が終了すると、上述と同様にベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを再び硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用並びに振動用に変位させるようにして異物排出処理手順を継続する。   When the vibration with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 (that is, the displacement for vibration) is completed, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 in the same manner as described above so that the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is moved again. The foreign matter discharge processing procedure is continued so as to be displaced for feeding and returning coins CI and for vibration.

これに対し制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出完了の確認用の変位(すなわち、2回目の繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位)の間も、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIが1枚も繰り出されていないことを検出すると、このときには紙幣投入取出部6に硬貨CIのような異物は誤って投入されていないと判別する。   On the other hand, the control unit 10 also detects the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 during the displacement for confirming the feeding completion with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 (that is, the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount to the second feeding side). When it is detected that no coin CI has been fed out, it is determined at this time that no foreign matter such as a coin CI has been erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6.

そして制御部10は、このように紙幣投入取出部6に硬貨CIのような異物は誤って投入されていないことを確認すると、その確認がとれた時点(すなわち、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出完了の確認用の変位が終了した時点)に上述と同様にシャッタ23を閉じる。   When the control unit 10 confirms that no foreign matter such as the coin CI has been erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 in this way, the time when the confirmation is taken (that is, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28). The shutter 23 is closed in the same manner as described above when the displacement for confirming the completion of feeding is completed.

また制御部10は、例えば、その時点に上述と同様にセンサ37において発光素子35に発射光の発射を停止させると共に、受光素子36の動作も停止させて異物排出処理手順を終了する。   In addition, for example, the control unit 10 stops the emission of the emitted light to the light emitting element 35 in the sensor 37 at that time, and also stops the operation of the light receiving element 36, and ends the foreign matter discharge processing procedure.

このようにして制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って1又は複数の硬貨CIが投入されたか否かを確認し、誤って硬貨CIが投入されていると、その硬貨CIをほぼ確実に異物受取繰出部25から異物搬送路21へ繰り出し返却口9を介して顧客に返却することができる。   In this way, when the banknote is deposited, the control unit 10 checks whether or not one or a plurality of coins CI is erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6, and if the coin CI is erroneously inserted, The coin CI can be almost certainly returned from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 to the foreign material conveyance path 21 and returned to the customer via the return port 9.

ところで、現金自動預払機1では、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6に投入される入金用の紙幣が少ない程、紙幣投入取出部6からの紙幣の繰り出しに要する時間や、搬送路18による紙幣の搬送に要する時間等が短くなり、その結果として入金処理に要する時間(以下、これを入金処理時間とも呼ぶ)も短くなる。   By the way, in the automatic teller machine 1, when the banknotes are deposited, the fewer the banknotes to be inserted into the banknote insertion / removal unit 6, the longer it takes to feed out the banknotes from the banknote insertion / removal unit 6, The time required for transporting banknotes is shortened, and as a result, the time required for deposit processing (hereinafter also referred to as deposit processing time) is shortened.

また現金自動預払機1では、上述した異物排出処理手順からも明らかなように、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って投入された硬貨CIのような異物が多い程、ベルト駆動部29を1サイクル単位で制御して搬送ベルト28を駆動するための回数が増加し、その結果として異物排出処理に要する時間(以下、これを異物排出処理時間とも呼ぶ)が長くなる。   Moreover, in the automatic teller machine 1, as is clear from the foreign matter discharge processing procedure described above, the more foreign matter such as the coin CI that is erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6, the more the belt driving unit 29 is set in one cycle unit. As a result, the number of times for driving the conveyor belt 28 under control increases, and as a result, the time required for the foreign matter discharge processing (hereinafter also referred to as foreign matter discharge processing time) becomes longer.

そして現金自動預払機1では、紙幣投入取出部6に投入された入金用の紙幣が比較的少ない場合の入金処理に要する入金処理時間と、当該紙幣投入取出部6に誤って投入された硬貨CIのような異物が比較的多い場合の異物排出処理に要する異物排出処理時間とを比較すると、その異物排出処理時間が入金処理時間よりも長い場合がある。   In the automatic teller machine 1, the deposit processing time required for deposit processing when a relatively small number of banknotes are deposited in the bill insertion / extraction unit 6, and the coin CI erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6. Compared with the foreign matter discharge processing time required for the foreign matter discharge processing when there are relatively many foreign matters, the foreign matter discharge processing time may be longer than the deposit processing time.

このため現金自動預払機1では、紙幣投入取出部6に入金用の紙幣が投入されると共に、誤って硬貨CIのような異物も投入されたとき、仮に入金処理と異物排出処理とを同時に開始したとすると、異物排出処理が終了する前に入金処理が終了する可能性がある。   For this reason, in the automatic teller machine 1, when a banknote for depositing is inserted into the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 and a foreign object such as a coin CI is erroneously input, a deposit process and a foreign substance discharge process are started simultaneously. If this is the case, the depositing process may end before the foreign matter discharging process ends.

また現金自動預払機1では、入金処理が終了した際、制御部10がタッチスクリーン4に入金処理の終了を通知するための操作画面を表示している。   In the automatic teller machine 1, when the depositing process is completed, the control unit 10 displays an operation screen for notifying the touch screen 4 of the termination of the depositing process.

よって現金自動預払機1では、仮に異物排出処理が終了する前に入金処理が終了して、制御部10が操作画面を介して顧客に入金処理の終了を通知すると、その顧客が自身の所有物でもある硬貨CIのような異物を取り忘れて立ち去る可能性があると共に、その後に他の顧客が訪れた際、その取り忘れられていた硬貨CIのような異物を持ち帰る可能性もある。   Therefore, in the automatic teller machine 1, if the depositing process is terminated before the foreign matter discharging process is terminated, and the control unit 10 notifies the customer of the termination of the depositing process via the operation screen, the customer owns the property. However, there is a possibility that a foreign object such as a coin CI may be forgotten and left, and when another customer visits thereafter, a foreign object such as the forgotten coin CI may be brought home.

従って制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、顧客により入金の取り引きが選択されると、入金処理を開始して紙幣投入取出部6のシャッタ23を紙幣の投入用に開くものの、そのシャッタ23を開いた時点から、誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されていないかを確認する間や、誤って投入された硬貨CIのような異物を排出するまでの間、入金処理を一時的に停止する。   Therefore, when depositing a bill, the control unit 10 starts deposit processing and opens the shutter 23 of the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 for bill insertion, but opens the shutter 23. From the point in time until the foreign object such as the coin CI is erroneously inserted or until the foreign object such as the coin CI that has been erroneously inserted is discharged. .

そして制御部10は、異物排出処理を終了すると、それまで一時的に停止していた入金処理を再開して、その入金処理の一環として紙幣投入取出部6から入金用の紙幣を搬送路18へ繰り出し始めている。   Then, when the foreign matter discharging process is finished, the control unit 10 resumes the depositing process that has been temporarily stopped until then, and the banknote for depositing from the banknote loading / unloading unit 6 to the transport path 18 as part of the depositing process. It is starting to pay out.

これにより制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6に入金用の紙幣が投入されると共に、誤って硬貨CIのような異物も投入された際、異物排出処理が終了する前に入金処理が終了することを回避している。   As a result, when the banknote is deposited, the control unit 10 inserts a banknote for depositing into the banknote insertion / removal unit 6 and, when a foreign object such as a coin CI is erroneously input, before the foreign substance discharge process is completed. The payment process is not terminated.

言い換えると、制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、あたかも異物排出処理を実行して、その異物排出処理が終了してから入金処理を実行しているようにして、当該入金処理が異物排出処理よりも必ず後に終了するようにしている。   In other words, the control unit 10 executes the foreign matter discharge process at the time of depositing the banknote and performs the deposit process after the foreign matter discharge process is completed. Also be sure to end later.

このようにして制御部10は、顧客が紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨CIのような異物を投入した場合、顧客により、その異物が取り忘れられること、また他の顧客によって持ち帰られることを防止している。   In this way, when the customer mistakenly inserts a foreign object such as a coin CI into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6, the control unit 10 confirms that the customer forgets to remove the foreign object and takes it home by another customer. It is preventing.

また制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6のシャッタ23を紙幣の投入用に開くと、そのシャッタ23を開いた時点から、誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されていないかを確認する間や、誤って投入された硬貨CIのような異物を排出するまでの間(すなわち、入金処理を一時的に停止している間)、当該シャッタ23を開いたままにしている。   In addition, when the control unit 10 opens the shutter 23 of the bill insertion / removal unit 6 for depositing bills when depositing bills, foreign matter such as coins CI is not erroneously inserted from the time when the shutter 23 is opened. The shutter 23 is kept open until the foreign matter such as the coin CI that has been erroneously inserted is discharged (that is, while the depositing process is temporarily stopped). .

これにより制御部10は、そのシャッタ23を開いたまました状態により、顧客に対し入金処理を一時的に停止していることを直感的に認識させ、シャッタ23が閉じて入金処理が再開されることを何ら違和感なく待たせることができる。   Thus, the control unit 10 intuitively recognizes that the depositing process is temporarily stopped by the state in which the shutter 23 is opened, the shutter 23 is closed, and the depositing process is resumed. You can make things wait without any discomfort.

そして制御部10は、上述した異物排出処理手順からも明らかなように、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って投入された硬貨CIのような異物が多い程、ベルト駆動部29を1サイクル単位で制御する回数が増加して(すなわち、異物受取繰出部25からの異物の繰り出しに要する時間が長くなり)、その分、シャッタ23を開いたままにする時間も長くなる。   Then, as is clear from the foreign matter discharge processing procedure described above, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 in units of one cycle as the foreign matter such as the coin CI erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 increases. (That is, the time required for feeding out the foreign material from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 becomes longer), and the time during which the shutter 23 is kept open becomes longer accordingly.

これにより制御部10は、異物排出処理を実行して実際に異物受取繰出部25から異物を繰り出している間は、その際のシャッタ23を開いたままの時間が比較的長いことにより、顧客に対し紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されたことで入金処理が一時的に停止していることを直感的に認識させることができる。   As a result, the control unit 10 executes the foreign matter discharge process and actually feeds out the foreign matter from the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25, so that the time during which the shutter 23 remains open is relatively long. On the other hand, it is possible to intuitively recognize that the deposit processing is temporarily stopped because a foreign object such as a coin CI is erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6.

よって制御部10は、顧客により紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入された場合、当該顧客に、その異物を返却口9からほぼ確実に取り出させるようにして返却することができる。   Therefore, when a foreign object such as a coin CI is erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 by the customer, the control unit 10 returns the customer so that the foreign object is almost certainly removed from the return port 9. Can do.

また制御部10は、例えば、異物排出処理の実行中に異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIのような異物が繰り出されたことを検出すると(すなわち、異物受取繰出部25から最初に異物が繰り出されたとき)、タッチスクリーン4に「紙幣以外のものが投入されたため、排出するように処理しています」というような、異物排出処理が実行中であることを通知するためのメッセージを有する操作画面を表示する。   Further, for example, when the control unit 10 detects that a foreign matter such as a coin CI has been fed out from the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 during the foreign matter discharging process (that is, the foreign matter is first fed out from the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25). Operation screen having a message for notifying that the foreign matter discharging process is being executed, such as “Processing to discharge because something other than banknotes has been inserted” on the touch screen 4 Is displayed.

これにより制御部10は、顧客に対しその操作画面を介して、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されたことで異物排出処理を実行しているために入金処理が一時的に停止していることを確認させることができる。   As a result, the control unit 10 performs the foreign matter discharge process because the foreign matter such as the coin CI is erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 via the operation screen to the customer. It can be confirmed that it is temporarily stopped.

さらに制御部10は、異物受取繰出部25から硬貨CIのような異物が繰り出されたことを検出すると、入金処理が終了した際、タッチスクリーン4に入金処理の終了を通知するためのメッセージと共に、「誤って投入された紙幣以外のものは返却口から返却いたします」というような、異物の返却を通知するためのメッセージを有する操作画面を表示する。   Furthermore, when the control unit 10 detects that a foreign object such as a coin CI has been fed out from the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25, when the depositing process is completed, the control unit 10 notifies the touch screen 4 of the completion of the depositing process, An operation screen having a message for notifying the return of a foreign object, such as “other than banknotes that have been mistakenly inserted, will be returned from the return slot” is displayed.

これにより制御部10は、顧客に対しその操作画面を介して、返却口9から硬貨CIのような異物を取り出すように促し、その異物を返却口9を介して、より確実に返却することができる。   Thereby, the control unit 10 prompts the customer to take out a foreign object such as a coin CI from the return port 9 via the operation screen, and more reliably returns the foreign object via the return port 9. it can.

(1−5)実施の形態の動作及び効果
以上の構成において、現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、異物排出部11の紙幣投入取出部6においてシャッタ23を開くことで紙幣収容部22の上側開口部22Aを開放する。
(1-5) Operation and Effect of Embodiment In the above configuration, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 opens the shutter 23 in the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 of the foreign matter discharge unit 11 when depositing bills. The upper opening 22A of the banknote accommodating part 22 is opened.

この状態で現金自動預払機1の異物排出部11は、紙幣収容部22に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されると、その異物を紙幣収容部22の収容部下端に形成された異物落下用穴22D乃至22Fに通して落下させて、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載せるようにして受け取る。   In this state, when the foreign matter discharging unit 11 of the automatic teller machine 1 mistakenly inserts a foreign matter such as a coin CI into the banknote storage unit 22, the foreign matter is formed at the lower end of the storage unit of the banknote storage unit 22. It is dropped through the dropping holes 22D to 22F and received by being placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28.

この際、現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、異物受取繰出部25においてベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させて、当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを異物の繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させる。   At this time, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 controls the belt driving unit 29 in the foreign material receiving and feeding unit 25 to rotate the conveyor belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in one rotation direction, and to perform the conveyance. The upper flat portion 28A of the belt 28 is displaced toward the foreign material supply side by a foreign material supply displacement amount.

次いで現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を他回転方向へ回転させて、当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを異物の戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させる。   Next, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 controls the belt driving unit 29 to rotate the conveyor belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 in the other rotation direction, so that the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is moved. Displace the foreign matter return displacement amount to the foreign matter return side.

続いて現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に回転させて当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側及び戻し側へ振動変位量ずつ順次交互変位させて左右に小刻みに振動させる。   Subsequently, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 controls the belt driving unit 29 to rotate the conveyance belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 alternately in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in turn, thereby conveying the conveyance belt. The upper flat portion 28A of 28 is alternately and alternately displaced by the amount of vibration displacement toward the feeding side and the returning side, and is vibrated in small increments to the left and right.

そして現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、このような搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する一連の変位を、異物受取繰出部25からの硬貨CIのような異物の繰出状況を監視しながら適宜繰り返す。   Then, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 appropriately detects such a series of displacements of the conveyor belt 28 with respect to the upper flat portion 28A while monitoring the feeding state of the foreign matter such as the coin CI from the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25. repeat.

従って現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、例えば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに異物としての複数の硬貨CIが幾つもの積層状の重なりとして載り、また右向きの楔状の重なりとしても載っており、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用に変位させただけでは、繰出量制限部32や圧縮コイルばね31により、その複数の硬貨CIの楔状の重なりを崩せない場合であっても、その後の上側平坦部28Aの振動を、右向きで楔状に重なっている複数の硬貨CIに加えて、その重なりを崩すことができる。   Therefore, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 has, for example, a plurality of coins CI as foreign matters placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28 as a stack of several overlapping layers, and also as a wedge-shaped overlapping facing right. In addition, by simply displacing the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 for feeding and returning the coin CI, the wedge-shaped overlap of the plurality of coins CI cannot be broken by the feeding amount limiting portion 32 and the compression coil spring 31. Even in this case, the subsequent vibration of the upper flat portion 28A can be applied to the plurality of coins CI that are overlapped in a wedge shape in the right direction, and the overlap can be broken.

すなわち、現金自動預払機1では、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aにおいて圧縮コイルばね31の左側全体に亘り、複数の硬貨CIが幾つもの積層状の重なりとして順に並ぶように載ると共に、当該圧縮コイルばね31の右側に複数の硬貨CIが右向きで楔状に重なって載ることがある。   That is, in the automatic teller machine 1, a plurality of coins CI are placed in order on the entire left side of the compression coil spring 31 in the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 so as to be arranged in order as a plurality of stacked overlaps. A plurality of coins CI may be placed in a wedge shape on the right side of the spring 31 facing right.

現金自動預払機1では、この際、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aにより複数の硬貨CIを繰出側へ搬送するものの、圧縮コイルばね31の右側に載っている複数の硬貨CIが繰出量制限部32(すなわち、異物繰出通路の入口)によっては繰出量を制限し得ないような高さで楔状に重なっていると、その重なりを崩せないまま戻し側へ搬送することになる。   In the automatic teller machine 1, at this time, although the plurality of coins CI are transported to the feeding side by the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28, the plurality of coins CI placed on the right side of the compression coil spring 31 is the feeding amount limiting unit. If it overlaps in a wedge shape at such a height that the amount of feeding cannot be limited depending on 32 (that is, the entrance of the foreign matter feeding path), the sheet is conveyed to the return side without breaking the overlap.

そして現金自動預払機1では、複数の硬貨CIを戻し側へ搬送しても、圧縮コイルばね31の左側に載っている複数の硬貨CIがほとんど動かないために、右向きで楔状に重なっている複数の硬貨CIを、当該左側の複数の硬貨CIで移動を遮るようにして圧縮コイルばね31の下側を通すことができず、その結果、複数の硬貨CIの右向きの楔状の重なりを崩せない場合がある。   In the automatic teller machine 1, even if the plurality of coins CI are conveyed to the return side, the plurality of coins CI placed on the left side of the compression coil spring 31 hardly move. The coins CI cannot be passed through the lower side of the compression coil spring 31 so as to block the movement with the plurality of coins CI on the left side, and as a result, the right wedge-shaped overlap of the plurality of coins CI cannot be broken. There is.

しかしながら、現金自動預払機1では、このような場合でも、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させた後、当該上側平坦部28Aを繰出側及び戻し側へ振動変位量ずつ順次交互に変位させて左右に小刻みに振動させることで、その振動を、右向きで楔状に重なっている複数の硬貨CIに加えて、これら複数の硬貨CIの楔状の重なりを崩すことができる。   However, in the automatic teller machine 1, even in such a case, after the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is displaced to the return side by the amount of foreign object return displacement, the upper flat portion 28A is vibrated to the feeding side and the return side. By sequentially displacing each displacement amount and oscillating in small increments to the left and right, in addition to the plurality of coins CI overlapping in a wedge shape in the right direction, it is possible to break the wedge-shaped overlap of these plurality of coins CI. it can.

よって現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、引き続き搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させることで、異物受取繰出部25から当該上側平坦部28Aに載っていた複数の硬貨CIを排出用に繰り出すことができる。   Therefore, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 continues to displace the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 toward the feeding side by the amount of foreign matter feeding displacement, so that it is placed on the upper flat portion 28A from the foreign matter receiving / feeding portion 25. A plurality of coins CI can be fed out for discharge.

以上の構成によれば、現金自動預払機1では、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6の紙幣収容部22に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されると、その異物を紙幣収容部22の収容部下端から落下させて異物受取繰出部25において搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aで受け取ると共に、制御部10がベルト駆動部29を制御して左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向へ回転させて上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させた後、左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を他回転方向へ回転させて上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させ、引き続き左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27と共に搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に回転させて上側平坦部28Aを繰出側及び戻し側へ振動変位量ずつ順次交互変位させて左右に小刻みに振動させるようにして、このような搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する一連の変位を、異物受取繰出部25からの硬貨CIのような異物の繰出状況を監視しながら適宜繰り返すようにした。   According to the above configuration, in the automatic teller machine 1, when a foreign object such as a coin CI is erroneously inserted into the banknote storage unit 22 of the banknote input / extraction unit 6 when the banknote is received, the foreign object is transferred to the banknote storage unit. 22 is dropped from the lower end of the accommodating portion 22 and is received by the upper flat portion 28A of the conveying belt 28 in the foreign material receiving and feeding portion 25, and the control unit 10 controls the belt driving portion 29 to move the conveying belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27. Is rotated in one rotation direction to displace the upper flat portion 28A toward the feeding side by the amount of foreign object feeding displacement, and then the conveying belt 28 is rotated in the other rotation direction together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 to move the upper flat portion 28A. Displace the foreign matter return displacement amount to the return side, and then continuously rotate the conveyor belt 28 together with the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 sequentially in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. The upper flat portion 28A is alternately and alternately displaced by the amount of vibration displacement toward the feeding side and the returning side, and is vibrated in small increments to the left and right. It was made to repeat suitably, monitoring the feeding condition of the foreign material like the coin CI from the part 25.

これにより現金自動預払機1は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに異物としての複数の硬貨CIが幾つもの積層状の重なりとして載り、また右向きの楔状の重なりとしても載っており、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを硬貨CIの繰出用及び戻し用に変位させただけでは、繰出量制限部32(すなわち、異物繰出通路の入口)や圧縮コイルばね31によっては、その複数の硬貨CIの楔状の重なりを崩せない場合であっても、その後の上側平坦部28Aの振動により、複数の硬貨CIの右向きの楔状の重なりを崩すことができる。よって現金自動預払機1は、紙幣投入取出部6の紙幣収容部22に誤って投入された硬貨CIのような異物を確実に排出することができる。   As a result, the automatic teller machine 1 has a plurality of coins CI as foreign matters placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 as a plurality of stacked overlaps, and also as a right wedge-shaped overlap. Only by displacing the upper flat portion 28A for feeding and returning the coin CI, depending on the feeding amount limiting portion 32 (that is, the entrance of the foreign matter feeding passage) and the compression coil spring 31, the plurality of coins CI are wedged. Even if it is not possible to break the overlap, the right wedge-shaped overlap of the plurality of coins CI can be broken by the subsequent vibration of the upper flat portion 28A. Therefore, the automatic teller machine 1 can reliably discharge a foreign object such as a coin CI that is erroneously inserted into the banknote storage unit 22 of the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6.

また現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、異物受取繰出部25において搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させた後、戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させ、引き続き繰出側及び戻し側へ振動変位量ずつ順次交互に変位させて小刻みに振動させるようにした。   Further, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 displaces the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25 by the foreign matter feeding displacement amount to the feeding side, and then displaces the foreign matter return displacement amount to the return side. Subsequently, the vibration displacement amount is successively displaced alternately to the feeding side and the returning side to vibrate in small increments.

従って現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載っている異物としての複数の硬貨CIのうち右側に載っている1又は複数の硬貨CIを異物受取繰出部25から極力繰り出した上で、当該上側平坦部28Aを戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させて、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載っている硬貨CIを、異物繰出通路の入口から極力離して当該入口付近に異物の無い空スペースを確保することができる。   Accordingly, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 sets the one or more coins CI placed on the right side among the plurality of coins CI as the foreign matter placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 to the foreign matter receiving and feeding unit 25. , The upper flat portion 28A is displaced toward the return side by the amount of foreign object return displacement, and the coin CI placed on the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is separated from the entrance of the foreign material supply path as much as possible. An empty space free from foreign matter can be secured in the vicinity of the entrance.

そのうえで、現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを左右に振動させることで、異物繰出通路の入口付近の空スペースを利用して複数の異物の重なりを崩し易くすることができる。   In addition, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 vibrates the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 to the left and right, thereby easily breaking the overlap of a plurality of foreign matters using an empty space near the entrance of the foreign matter supply passage. can do.

さらに現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、ベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを振動させるようにした。   Further, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 controls the belt driving unit 29 to vibrate the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28.

従って現金自動預払機1は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを振動させるための特別な機構を何ら設けることなく、当該搬送ベルト28を異物の搬送用に駆動するためのベルト駆動部29を振動用の駆動に兼用し、かくして簡易な構成で搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを容易に振動させることができる。   Accordingly, the automatic teller machine 1 vibrates the belt driving unit 29 for driving the transport belt 28 for transporting foreign matters without providing any special mechanism for vibrating the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28. Thus, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 can be easily vibrated with a simple configuration.

さらに現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、紙幣の入金時、紙幣投入取出部6においてシャッタ23を開くと、誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されていないかを確認する間や、誤って投入された硬貨CIのような異物を排出するまでの間、シャッタ23を開いたままにして入金処理を一時的に停止するようにした。   Further, when the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 opens the shutter 23 in the bill insertion / removal unit 6 when depositing a bill, the control unit 10 mistakenly checks whether a foreign object such as a coin CI is inserted or not. Until the foreign matter such as the inserted coin CI is discharged, the depositing process is temporarily stopped while the shutter 23 is kept open.

これにより現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、そのシャッタ23を開いたまました状態により、顧客に対し入金処理を一時的に停止していることを直感的に認識させて、シャッタ23が閉じて入金処理が再開されることを何ら違和感なく待たせることができる。   As a result, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 makes the customer intuitively recognize that the depositing process is temporarily stopped by closing the shutter 23, and the shutter 23 is closed. Thus, it is possible to make the payment process resume without any discomfort.

そして現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、シャッタ23を開いたままの時間が比較的長いときには、顧客に対し紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されたことで入金処理が一時的に停止していることを直感的に認識させることができる。   The control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 deposits money when a foreign object such as a coin CI is mistakenly inserted into the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 when the shutter 23 remains open for a relatively long time. It is possible to intuitively recognize that the processing is temporarily stopped.

よって現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、顧客により紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入された場合、当該顧客に、その異物を返却口9からほぼ確実に取り出させるようにして返却することができる。   Therefore, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 causes the customer to almost certainly take out the foreign matter from the return port 9 when a foreign matter such as a coin CI is erroneously inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 by the customer. Can be returned.

従って現金自動預払機1の制御部10は、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨CIのような異物が投入されている場合、また投入された異物が多い程、シャッタ23を開いたままにする時間を長くして、顧客に対し紙幣投入取出部6に硬貨CIのような異物を誤って投入していることを分からせて、その異物を返却口9からほぼ確実に取り出させるようにして返却することができる。   Therefore, the control unit 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 keeps the shutter 23 open when a foreign matter such as a coin CI is mistakenly inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 or as the inserted foreign matter increases. Increase the time and let the customer know that a foreign object such as a coin CI has been mistakenly inserted into the bill insertion / extraction unit 6 and return the foreign object almost reliably through the return port 9. can do.

(2)他の実施の形態
(2−1)他の実施の形態1
なお上述した実施の形態においては、異物排出部11において搬送ベルト28を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ順次交互に回転させるようにして上側平坦部28Aを左右に小刻みに振動させるようにした場合について述べた。
(2) Other embodiments (2-1) Other embodiments 1
In the above-described embodiment, the foreign matter discharging unit 11 causes the upper flat portion 28A to vibrate left and right in small increments by alternately rotating the conveyor belt 28 in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. Stated.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、回転可能な偏芯カムと、当該偏芯カムを回転させるように駆動する駆動部とを有する振動部を用いて搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを振動させるようにしても良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is vibrated using a vibrating portion having a rotatable eccentric cam and a drive unit that drives the eccentric cam to rotate. You may do it.

すなわち、本発明は、例えば、図18(A)及び(B)に示すように、異物排出部において搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28A及び下側平坦部28Bの間隙の中間位置に回転軸40を、当該搬送ベルト28の幅方向と平行にして一回転方向に回転可能に支持する。   That is, according to the present invention, for example, as shown in FIGS. 18A and 18B, the rotating shaft 40 is positioned at an intermediate position between the upper flat portion 28A and the lower flat portion 28B of the conveyor belt 28 in the foreign matter discharge portion. The support belt 28 is supported so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction in parallel with the width direction of the conveyor belt 28.

また本発明は、その回転軸40を偏芯カム41の中心からずれた位置に穿設された孔部に通すようにして、当該回転軸40に偏芯カム41を固定する。   Further, according to the present invention, the eccentric cam 41 is fixed to the rotary shaft 40 by passing the rotary shaft 40 through a hole formed at a position shifted from the center of the eccentric cam 41.

さらに本発明は、その回転軸40に図示しない駆動部においてモータの出力軸を複数のギヤを介して連結することで、当該モータを動作させて偏芯カム41を、回転軸40を中心にして一回転方向に回転可能にする。   Further, in the present invention, the output shaft of the motor is connected to the rotating shaft 40 through a plurality of gears in a drive unit (not shown), so that the motor is operated to bring the eccentric cam 41 around the rotating shaft 40. Enable rotation in one rotation direction.

そして本発明は、偏芯カム41の一周に亘る周側面の中で回転軸40から最も離れた部分(以下、これを周側面軸離隔部分とも呼ぶ)41Aまでの距離を、当該回転軸40から搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28A(及び下側平坦部28B)の内面までの距離よりも長く選定する。   In the present invention, the distance from the rotation shaft 40 to the portion 41A farthest from the rotation shaft 40 (hereinafter also referred to as the circumferential surface shaft separation portion) in the circumferential side surface over the circumference of the eccentric cam 41 is determined. The distance is selected to be longer than the distance to the inner surface of the upper flat portion 28A (and the lower flat portion 28B) of the conveyor belt 28.

また本発明は、偏芯カム41の一周に亘る周側面の中で回転軸40に最も近い部分(以下、これを周側面軸近接部分とも呼ぶ)41Bまでの距離を、当該回転軸40から搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28A(及び下側平坦部28B)の内面までの距離よりも短く選定する。   Further, according to the present invention, the distance from the rotary shaft 40 to the portion 41B closest to the rotary shaft 40 (hereinafter also referred to as the peripheral side shaft adjacent portion) in the circumferential side surface over the circumference of the eccentric cam 41 is conveyed. The belt 28 is selected to be shorter than the distance to the inner surface of the upper flat portion 28A (and the lower flat portion 28B).

これにより本発明は、モータ及び複数のギヤを介して偏芯カム41を、回転軸40を中心にして一回転方向に回転させることで、当該偏芯カム41の周側面軸離隔部分41Aにより搬送ベルト28において上側平坦部28Aの中央部を上下に変位させるようにして振動させることができる。   Thus, the present invention rotates the eccentric cam 41 around the rotation shaft 40 in one rotation direction via the motor and the plurality of gears, thereby conveying the eccentric cam 41 by the peripheral side axis separation portion 41A. The belt 28 can be vibrated so that the central portion of the upper flat portion 28A is displaced vertically.

また本発明は、例えば、振動板と当該振動板を振動させる駆動部とを有する振動部を用い、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの内面に、その振動板を適宜押し当てて振動させることで、当該上側平坦部28Aを振動させるようにしても良い。   Further, the present invention uses, for example, a vibration unit having a vibration plate and a drive unit that vibrates the vibration plate, and appropriately vibrates the vibration plate by pressing the vibration plate against the inner surface of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28. The upper flat portion 28A may be vibrated.

本発明は、このように偏芯カム41を有する振動部や振動板を有する振動部を用いる構成によっても、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを振動させて、当該上側平坦部28Aに載っている複数の硬貨の重なりを崩すことができ、上述した実施の形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。   In the present invention, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is vibrated and placed on the upper flat portion 28A even by using the vibration portion having the eccentric cam 41 and the vibration portion having the vibration plate. The overlap of a plurality of coins can be broken, and the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

さらに本発明は、上述した実施の形態のように、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを繰出側及び戻し側へ順次交互に変位させるようにして小刻みに振動させる場合、当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出側の振動変位量と戻し側の振動変位量とを異なる(繰出側の振動変位量を戻し側の振動変位量よりも長くする、又はこの逆の)ようにしても良い。   Further, according to the present invention, when the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is vibrated in small increments so as to be alternately displaced toward the feeding side and the return side as in the above-described embodiment, the upper flat portion of the conveyor belt 28 is The vibration displacement amount on the feeding side and the vibration displacement amount on the return side with respect to the portion 28A may be different (the vibration displacement amount on the feeding side is made longer than the vibration displacement amount on the return side or vice versa).

本発明は、このように搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、繰出側及び戻し側へ順次交互に異なる振動変位量ずつ変位させるようにして小刻みに振動させても、当該搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに載っている複数の硬貨の重なりを崩すことができ、上述した実施の形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。   In the present invention, even when the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is vibrated in small increments so as to be sequentially displaced by different vibration displacement amounts toward the feeding side and the return side, the upper flat portion of the conveyor belt 28 is The overlap of the plurality of coins placed on the portion 28A can be broken, and the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

(2−2)他の実施の形態2
また上述した実施の形態においては、異物排出部11に、平ベルトでなる(すなわち、外面に凹凸や突起の無い)搬送ベルト28を用いるようにした場合について述べた。
(2-2) Other embodiment 2
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the conveyance belt 28 made of a flat belt (that is, having no irregularities or protrusions on the outer surface) is used as the foreign matter discharge unit 11 has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、例えば、図19に示すように、異物排出部45に、外面に一周に亘り所定の間隔で複数の突起部46Aが突設された搬送ベルト46を用いるようにして良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 19, the foreign matter discharge portion 45 uses a conveyor belt 46 in which a plurality of protrusions 46 </ b> A protrude from the outer surface at predetermined intervals. You can do it.

因みに、本発明は、係る搬送ベルト46として、外面に当該搬送ベルト46の幅方向の一方の縁から他方の縁に亘るリブ状の複数の突起部46Aが一周に亘り所定間隔で突設されたものを用いるようにしても良い。   Incidentally, in the present invention, as the conveyor belt 46, a plurality of rib-shaped protrusions 46A extending from one edge in the width direction of the conveyor belt 46 to the other edge are projected on the outer surface at a predetermined interval. You may make it use a thing.

また本発明は、係る搬送ベルト46として、外面に当該搬送ベルト46の幅よりも短い突起部46Aが一周に亘りジクザグのような所定のパターンで突設されたものを用いるようにしても良い。   Further, in the present invention, as the conveyor belt 46, a protrusion 46A shorter than the width of the conveyor belt 46 may be provided on the outer surface so as to protrude in a predetermined pattern such as a zigzag.

そして本発明は、係る搬送ベルト46を一回転方向に回転させて上側平坦部46Bを繰出側へ異物繰出変位量だけ変位させた際に、左側プーリ26から右側プーリ27までの間を少なくとも1個の突起部46Aが通過するように、当該搬送ベルト46の外面に突起部46Aを一周に亘り所定間隔で突設するようにしても良い。   In the present invention, when the conveying belt 46 is rotated in one rotation direction and the upper flat portion 46B is displaced toward the feeding side by the amount of foreign material feeding displacement, at least one piece between the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 is provided. The protrusions 46A may protrude from the outer surface of the conveyor belt 46 at a predetermined interval over the entire circumference so that the protrusions 46A pass through.

本発明は、このような搬送ベルト46を用いると、突起部46Aに硬貨のような異物を引っ掛けるようにして、より確実に搬送することができる。   In the present invention, when such a conveyor belt 46 is used, foreign matters such as coins can be caught more reliably on the protrusion 46A.

(2−3)他の実施の形態3
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、異物排出部11に、搬送路一端が収納部20の右側壁20B付近で受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端に接続されると共に、搬送路他端に返却口9が形成された異物搬送路21を設けるようにした場合について述べた。
(2-3) Other Embodiment 3
Further, in the above-described embodiment, one end of the transport path is connected to the foreign matter discharge unit 11 near the right side wall 20B of the storage unit 20 to the other end of the receiving / feeding guide 30 and the return port 9 is connected to the other end of the transport path. The case where the foreign material conveyance path 21 in which is formed is provided has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、例えば、図3及び図4との対応部分に同一符号を付した図20及び図21に示すように、異物排出部48に、一端が収納部20の右側壁20B付近で受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端に接続されると共に、他端側に略箱型の異物収納庫49Aを有する異物搬送収納部49を設けるようにしても良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 in which parts corresponding to those in FIGS. A foreign matter transporting and storing portion 49 having a substantially box-shaped foreign matter storage 49A may be provided on the other end side while being connected to the other end of the receiving and feeding guide 30 near the wall 20B.

この場合、異物搬送収納部49は、一端部が収納部20の外側で受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部を右斜め下方向に延長させるように形成されていると共に、当該一端部に対し中央部が収納部20の外側で下方向に伸ばしたように屈曲されている。   In this case, the foreign substance transporting and storing portion 49 is formed so that one end portion extends outside the storing portion 20 and the other end portion of the receiving and feeding guide 30 extends obliquely downward to the right. The portion is bent so as to extend downward on the outside of the storage portion 20.

また異物搬送収納部49は、その中央部に異物収納庫49Aが接続されており、当該異物収納庫49Aが預払機筐体2の内部で収納部20の例えば、右斜め下に配置されている。   Further, the foreign matter storage 49 has a foreign matter storage 49 </ b> A connected to the center thereof, and the foreign matter storage 49 </ b> A is disposed, for example, diagonally to the right of the storage 20 inside the teller machine housing 2. .

これにより異物搬送収納部49は、受取繰出ガイド30の異物繰出口30Zから繰り出された異物を一端の開口部を介して一端部内に取り込んで右斜め下方向に滑らせ後、中央部内を真下に落下させるようにして、その先の異物収納庫49Aに収納する。   As a result, the foreign matter transporting and storing unit 49 takes in the foreign matter fed from the foreign matter outlet 30Z of the receiving and feeding guide 30 into one end portion through the opening at one end and slides it diagonally downward to the right, and then directly below the center portion. It is dropped and stored in the foreign object storage 49A.

そして本発明は、係る異物搬送収納部49において異物収納庫49Aを預払機筐体1の内部に固設するようにしても良いし、当該異物搬送収納部49の中央部に対し着脱可能に装着して預払機筐体2の内部から外部へ引き出せるようにしても良い。   Further, in the present invention, the foreign matter storage 49 may be fixed to the inside of the depositor casing 1 in the foreign matter transporting and storing unit 49, or detachably attached to the central part of the foreign matter transporting and storing unit 49. Then, it may be configured to be pulled out from the inside of the teller machine housing 2 to the outside.

本発明は、係る構成によれば、紙幣の入金時に紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨のような異物が投入された場合、その異物を返却口9から顧客に取り出させるのではなく、例えば、行員により異物収納庫49Aから取り出させて顧客に返却することができる。   According to the present invention, when a foreign object such as a coin is erroneously inserted into the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 at the time of depositing a banknote, the present invention does not cause the customer to take out the foreign object from the return port 9, for example, The employee can take it out of the foreign object storage 49A and return it to the customer.

(2−4)他の実施の形態4
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、受取繰出ガイド30のガイド他端部にセンサ37及びプリズム38を配置して、当該センサ37の受光素子36による反射光の受光結果に基づいて、異物受取繰出部25からの硬貨CIのような異物の繰り出しの有無を検出するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-4) Other Embodiment 4
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the sensor 37 and the prism 38 are arranged at the other end of the guide of the receiving / feeding guide 30, and the foreign matter receiving / feeding section is based on the result of receiving the reflected light by the light receiving element 36 of the sensor 37. The case where the presence / absence of a foreign object such as a coin CI from 25 is detected is described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、図4との対応部分に同一符号を付した図22(A)及び(B)に示すように、上述の受取繰出ガイド30とほぼ同様構成の受取繰出ガイド50のガイド他端部にアクチュエータ型センサ51を配置して、当該アクチュエータ型センサ51の出力に基づいて、異物受取繰出部からの硬貨CIのような異物の繰り出しの有無を検出するようにしても良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIGS. 22 (A) and 22 (B) in which the same reference numerals are given to the corresponding parts to FIG. 4, the receiving / feeding guide having substantially the same configuration as the above-described receiving / feeding guide 30. An actuator type sensor 51 is arranged at the other end of the guide 50, and based on the output of the actuator type sensor 51, the presence / absence of a foreign matter such as a coin CI from the foreign matter receiving and feeding part is detected. good.

この場合、アクチュエータ型センサ51は、本体部51Aが受取繰出ガイド50の下壁部50Aの外面に配置され、例えば圧電素子のようなアーム51Bの先端部が当該受取繰出ガイド50の下壁部50Aに穿設された孔部に通されてガイド他端部内(すなわち、異物繰出通路内)に突出している。   In this case, in the actuator type sensor 51, the main body 51A is disposed on the outer surface of the lower wall portion 50A of the receiving and feeding guide 50, and the tip portion of the arm 51B such as a piezoelectric element is the lower wall portion 50A of the receiving and feeding guide 50, for example. And protrudes into the other end of the guide (that is, inside the foreign matter feeding passage).

そしてアクチュエータ型センサ51は、異物繰出通路を硬貨CIのような異物が通過していないときには、アーム51Bが何ら変形しないことで、異物繰出通路を異物が通過していないことを示すように例えば、信号レベルを論理「L」レベルに立ち下げ、アーム51Bの上を異物が通過したときには当該アーム51Bが変形することで、異物繰出通路を異物が通過したことを示すように例えば、信号レベルを論理「H」レベルに立ち上げる異物通過有無信号を制御部10に送出する。   And when the foreign substance like the coin CI is not passing through the foreign substance feeding path, the actuator type sensor 51 is not deformed at all so that the foreign substance feeding path does not pass through the arm 51B. The signal level is lowered to a logic “L” level, and when a foreign object passes over the arm 51B, the arm 51B is deformed, for example, to indicate that the foreign object has passed through the foreign substance feeding path. A foreign object passage presence / absence signal rising to the “H” level is sent to the control unit 10.

よって本発明は、係る構成でも、制御部10がアクチュエータ型センサ51から与えられる異物通過有無信号の信号レベルに基づき、異物繰出通路における異物の通過の有無、すなわち、異物受取繰出部からの異物の繰り出しの有無を検出することができる。   Therefore, according to the present invention, even in such a configuration, based on the signal level of the foreign object passage presence / absence signal given from the actuator type sensor 51 by the control unit 10, the presence / absence of foreign object passage in the foreign substance delivery path, The presence or absence of feeding can be detected.

(2−5)他の実施の形態5
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、紙幣収容部22の下側開口部内に角柱状の2本の紙幣支持部22B、22Cを、その長手方向を開口短手方向と平行にし、かつ開口長手方向に添って等間隔で配置するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-5) Other Embodiment 5
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, two prismatic banknote support parts 22B and 22C are set in the lower opening part of the banknote accommodating part 22, the longitudinal direction is made parallel to an opening transversal direction, and an opening longitudinal direction is carried out. In addition, the case where they are arranged at equal intervals has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、例えば、上述の(1)式及び(2)式で表される紙幣支持部の配置位置の選定条件を満たしたうえで、紙幣収容部の下側開口部内に、断面が三角形や楕円形、半円形等のような種々の断面形状の3本以上の紙幣支持部を、その長手方向を開口短手方向と平行にし、かつ開口長手方向に添って等間隔で配置するようにしても良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the present invention satisfies the selection condition of the arrangement position of the banknote support part represented by the above-described formulas (1) and (2), and the inside of the lower opening of the banknote storage part. In addition, three or more banknote support portions having various cross-sectional shapes such as a triangle, an ellipse, a semi-circle, etc., with the longitudinal direction parallel to the short opening direction and equally spaced along the long opening direction You may make it arrange | position by.

また本発明は、これに限らず、紙幣収容部の下側開口部内に、それぞれ大きさが適宜選定された複数の異物落下用穴が所定パターンで形成された格子状や同心円状等のような紙幣支持部を配置するようにしても良い。   In addition, the present invention is not limited to this, and a lattice-shaped or concentric circular shape in which a plurality of foreign material dropping holes each having a size appropriately selected are formed in a predetermined pattern in the lower opening of the banknote accommodating portion. You may make it arrange | position a banknote support part.

本発明は、これら係る構成によっても、紙幣収容部に紙幣と留めつつ、硬貨のような異物を収容部下端から落下させることができる。   According to the present invention, foreign matters such as coins can be dropped from the lower end of the storage unit while retaining the banknote in the banknote storage unit.

(2−6)他の実施の形態6
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、受取繰出ガイド30の後壁部30Bの内面において異物取込口30Xの後縁の中央と搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの表面との間の所定位置に圧縮コイルばね31の一端を取り付けるようにした場合について述べた。
(2-6) Other embodiment 6
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the inner surface of the rear wall portion 30B of the receiving and feeding guide 30 is compressed to a predetermined position between the center of the rear edge of the foreign material intake port 30X and the surface of the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28. The case where one end of the coil spring 31 is attached has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、受取繰出ガイド30の後壁部30Bの内面において異物取込口30Xの後縁の中央と搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aの表面との間よりも左寄りや右寄りの所定位置に圧縮コイルばね31の一端を取り付けるようにしても良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this. On the inner surface of the rear wall portion 30B of the receiving and feeding guide 30, the left side or the center of the rear edge of the foreign material intake port 30X and the surface of the upper flat portion 28A of the transport belt 28 One end of the compression coil spring 31 may be attached to a predetermined position on the right side.

また本発明は、受取繰出ガイド30の後壁部30Bの内面の種々の位置に、圧縮コイルばね31に換えて板ばねや、弾性を有するワイヤ等の一端を取り付けるようにしても良い。   In the present invention, one end of a leaf spring or a wire having elasticity may be attached to various positions on the inner surface of the rear wall portion 30B of the receiving and feeding guide 30 in place of the compression coil spring 31.

本発明は、係る構成によっても、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを変位させた際、その上側平坦部28Aに載っている硬貨のような異物の重なりを崩すことができる。   According to the present invention, even when the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is displaced, foreign matter such as coins placed on the upper flat portion 28A can be broken.

(2−7)他の実施の形態7
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、制御部10がベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、硬貨CIの繰出用、戻し用及び振動用の順番で変位させるようにした場合について述べた。
(2-7) Other Embodiment 7
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 to displace the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in the order for feeding out the coin CI, returning it, and vibrating it. Said about the case.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、制御部10がベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、硬貨CIの戻し用、振動用及び繰出用の順番で変位させるようにしても良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the control unit 10 controls the belt driving unit 29 to displace the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in the order of returning the coin CI, for vibrating, and for feeding. May be.

本発明は、係る構成によれば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、まず戻し側へ異物戻し変位量だけ変位させて硬貨のような異物を、異物繰出通路の入口から極力離して当該入口付近に異物の無い空スペースを確保することができる。   According to the present invention, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is first displaced toward the return side by the amount of foreign object return displacement, and foreign objects such as coins are separated as much as possible from the entrance of the foreign material delivery path. An empty space without foreign objects can be secured in the vicinity.

そのうえで、本発明は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを左右に振動させることで、複数の異物の重なりを崩して、これら複数の異物を異物繰出通路の入口に詰まりづらいように空スペースに散在させて、その後の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位により異物繰出通路へ送り出し易くすることができる。   In addition, according to the present invention, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is vibrated to the left and right to break up the overlap of the plurality of foreign matters, and the plurality of foreign matters are scattered in the empty space so as not to be clogged at the entrance of the foreign matter feeding passage. Thus, it is possible to facilitate the feeding to the foreign matter feeding passage by the displacement of the foreign matter feeding displacement amount toward the feeding side with respect to the subsequent upper flat portion 28A.

また本発明は、制御部10がベルト駆動部29を制御して搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、硬貨CIの振動用、繰出用及び戻し用の順番で変位させるようにしても良い。   In the present invention, the control unit 10 may control the belt driving unit 29 to displace the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 in the order of vibration, feeding and returning of the coin CI.

本発明は、係る構成によれば、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aを、まず左右に振動させることで、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端から落下した硬貨のような異物を、上側平坦部28により極力重ならせないように散在させて受け取ることができ、その後の上側平坦部28Aに対する繰出側への異物繰出変位量の変位により異物繰出通路へ送り出し易くすることができる。   According to the present invention, according to such a configuration, the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28 is first vibrated left and right, so that foreign matters such as coins that have fallen from the lower end of the storage portion of the banknote storage portion 22 are removed. Therefore, it can be received in a scattered manner so as not to overlap as much as possible, and it can be easily sent out to the foreign matter delivery passage by the displacement of the foreign matter delivery displacement amount to the delivery side with respect to the upper flat portion 28A thereafter.

そして本発明は、これら係る構成を、他の実施の形態1で上述した構成と組み合わせることもできる。すなわち、本発明は、搬送ベルト28の上側平坦部28Aに対する1連の変位において当該上側平坦部28Aの振動用の変位を、他の実施の形態1で上述した偏芯カム41や振動板を用いる上側平坦部28Aの直接的な振動に置き換えることもできる。   In the present invention, these configurations can be combined with the configurations described in the first embodiment. That is, the present invention uses the eccentric cam 41 and the diaphragm described in the first embodiment for the vibration displacement of the upper flat portion 28A in a series of displacements with respect to the upper flat portion 28A of the conveyor belt 28. It can be replaced with direct vibration of the upper flat portion 28A.

(2−8)他の実施の形態8
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、紙幣の入金時に異物排出部11により、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って投入された硬貨のような異物を排出するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-8) Other embodiment 8
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, the case where the foreign material discharge | emission part 11 discharged | emitted the foreign material like the coin accidentally thrown into the banknote insertion / withdrawal part 6 at the time of money_receiving | payment of a banknote was described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、紙幣の入金時にリジェクト紙幣を返金する際や、紙幣の出金時のようにシャッタ23を開ける場合には、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って硬貨のような異物が投入される可能性があるため、その紙幣の入金時にリジェクト紙幣を返金する際や紙幣の出金時にも異物排出部11により、紙幣投入取出部6に誤って投入された硬貨のような異物を排出する(すなわち、制御部10により異物排出処理を実行する)ようにしても良い。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when the rejected banknote is refunded when the banknote is deposited, or when the shutter 23 is opened as when the banknote is withdrawn, the banknote insertion / extraction unit 6 is mistakenly Since there is a possibility that foreign matter may be thrown in, such as when coins are accidentally thrown into the bill throwing / unloading unit 6 by the foreign matter ejecting unit 11 when the rejected bill is refunded or when the bill is withdrawn. Foreign matter may be discharged (that is, foreign matter discharge processing is executed by the control unit 10).

また本発明は、紙幣の入金時に異物排出部11により、紙幣の投入専用の紙幣投入部に誤って投入された硬貨のような異物を排出するようにしても良い。   Further, in the present invention, foreign matter such as coins mistakenly inserted into a banknote insertion section dedicated to the insertion of banknotes may be discharged by the foreign body discharge section 11 when depositing banknotes.

さらに本発明は、紙幣の出金時やリジェクト紙幣の返金の際に、紙幣の取出専用の紙幣取出部に誤って投入された硬貨のような異物を排出するようにしても良い。   Furthermore, the present invention may be configured to discharge foreign matters such as coins that are erroneously inserted into the banknote extraction section dedicated for banknote extraction when banknotes are withdrawn or rejected banknotes are refunded.

(2−9)他の実施の形態9
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、本発明による異物排出装置を、図1乃至図22について上述した現金自動預払機1に設けられた異物排出部11、45、48に適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-9) Other Embodiment 9
Further, in the embodiment described above, the foreign matter discharging apparatus according to the present invention is applied to the foreign matter discharging portions 11, 45, and 48 provided in the automatic teller machine 1 described above with reference to FIGS. Stated.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、現金自動支払機(CD:Cash Dispenser)や両替機、電車の切符や観劇のチケット等を販売する券売機、精算機、自動販売機、パチンコ台やスロット台のような遊戯機等のような紙幣を取り扱う装置に設けられる異物排出部、またコピー機や複写機等のようなコピー用紙を取り扱う装置に設けられる異物排出部等のように、この他種々の異物排出装置に広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, but is also a cash dispenser (CD), a money changer, a ticket machine, a ticket machine, a vending machine, a pachinko machine, a slot machine, etc. Such as a foreign matter discharge unit provided in a device for handling banknotes such as a game machine, and a foreign matter discharge unit provided in a device for handling copy paper such as a copying machine or a copying machine. The present invention can be widely applied to a foreign matter discharging apparatus.

(2−10)他の実施の形態10
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、本発明による紙葉類取扱装置を、図1乃至図22について上述した現金自動預払機1に適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-10) Other Embodiment 10
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the paper sheet handling apparatus according to the present invention is applied to the automatic teller machine 1 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、現金自動支払機や両替機、券売機、精算機、自動販売機、遊戯機等のような紙幣を取り扱う装置、またコピー機や複写機等のような用紙を取り扱う装置等のように、この他種々の紙葉類取扱装置に広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is a device for handling banknotes such as an automatic teller machine, a money changer, a ticket vending machine, a payment machine, a vending machine, an amusement machine, and a paper such as a copying machine or a copying machine. The present invention can be widely applied to various other paper sheet handling devices such as a device for handling paper.

(2−11)他の実施の形態11
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、収容部に収容される収納対象の紙葉類として、図1乃至図22について上述した紙幣を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-11) Other Embodiment 11
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, the case where the banknote mentioned above about FIG. 1 thru | or FIG. 22 was applied as a paper sheet of the accommodation object accommodated in an accommodating part was described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、コピー用紙や、チケット、葉書等のように、この他種々の紙葉類を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other paper sheets such as copy paper, tickets, and postcards can be widely applied.

(2−12)他の実施の形態12
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、下端に、収納対象の紙葉類は通さずに、誤って投入された異物は通して落下させるための穴が形成された収容部として、図1乃至図22について上述した紙幣の入金及び出金に用いる紙幣収容部22を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-12) Other Embodiment 12
Further, in the above-described embodiment, as a receiving portion in which a hole for allowing a foreign matter put in error to pass through is dropped at the lower end without passing a paper sheet to be stored, FIG. 1 to FIG. About the case where the banknote accommodating part 22 used for the deposit | withdrawing and withdrawal of the banknote mentioned above about was applied.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、入金用の紙幣の投入専用の紙幣投入部(すなわち、入金用の紙幣専用の収容部)や、出金用の紙幣の取出専用の紙幣取出部(すなわち、出金用の紙幣専用の収容部)、コピー用紙のトレイ等のように、この他種々の収容部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a banknote insertion section dedicated to the insertion of banknotes for depositing (that is, a storage section dedicated to banknotes for depositing) and a banknote ejection section dedicated to the withdrawal of banknotes for withdrawal (that is, Various other storage units such as a banknote dedicated for dispensing), a tray for copy paper, and the like can be widely applied.

(2−13)他の実施の形態13
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、収容部の下端の下側で、互いの回動軸を所定の間隔を介して平行にし、回動軸を中心にして一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動可能に支持された複数のプーリとして、図1乃至図22について上述した左側プーリ26及び右側プーリ27を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-13) Other Embodiment 13
Further, in the above-described embodiment, below the lower end of the housing portion, the rotation shafts are parallel to each other at a predetermined interval, and are rotated in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction around the rotation shaft. The case where the left pulley 26 and the right pulley 27 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 are applied as the plurality of pulleys supported in a possible manner has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、搬送ベルトを、収容部の下端から落下する異物を載せるようにして受け取って、当該異物を繰出側、及び当該繰出側とは逆の戻し側へ搬送するための平坦部を形成するように架けさせることができれば、所定のパターンで配置された3個以上のプーリ等のように、この他種々の構成のプーリを広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the conveyor belt is received by placing foreign matter falling from the lower end of the accommodating portion, and the foreign matter is conveyed to the feeding side and the return side opposite to the feeding side. If it can be made to form so as to form a flat portion, pulleys of various other configurations such as three or more pulleys arranged in a predetermined pattern can be widely applied.

(2−14)他の実施の形態14
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、収容部の下端から落下する異物を載せるようにして受け取って、当該異物を繰出側、及び当該繰出側とは逆の戻し側へ搬送するための平坦部を形成するように複数のプーリに架けられた搬送ベルトとして、図1乃至図22について上述した平ベルトでなる搬送ベルト28を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-14) Other Embodiment 14
Further, in the above-described embodiment, a flat part is formed for receiving foreign matters falling from the lower end of the accommodating portion and transporting the foreign matters to the feeding side and the return side opposite to the feeding side. As described above, the case where the conveyance belt 28 formed of the flat belt described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is applied as the conveyance belt laid on the plurality of pulleys has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、少なくとも外面が紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の開口短手方向の長さとほぼ等しい幅を有するVベルトや、紙幣収容部22の収容部下端の開口短手方向の長さよりも長い幅を有する平ベルト又はVベルト等のように、この他種々の搬送ベルトを広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a V-belt having at least an outer surface having a width substantially equal to the length in the opening short direction of the lower end of the accommodating portion of the banknote accommodating portion 22 or an open short end of the lower end of the accommodating portion of the banknote accommodating portion 22. Various other conveyor belts can be widely applied, such as a flat belt or a V-belt having a width longer than the length in the direction.

(2−15)他の実施の形態15
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転させるように駆動するベルト駆動部として、図1乃至図22について上述したベルト駆動部29を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-15) Other Embodiment 15
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the belt driving unit 29 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is applied as a belt driving unit that drives the conveyance belt to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction together with a plurality of pulleys. The case was described as above.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、複数のプーリをそれぞれ駆動するための複数のモータを有するベルト駆動部や、一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回動可能な駆動ベルトの外面の一部を搬送ベルト28の外面の一部に押し付けるようにして、当該駆動ベルトを一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転させることで、これに連動させて搬送ベルト28を他回転方向及び一回転方向へ回転させるベルト駆動部等のように、この他種々の構成のベルト駆動部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and conveys a part of the outer surface of a belt driving unit having a plurality of motors for driving a plurality of pulleys and a driving belt rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. A belt that rotates the drive belt in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction so as to be pressed against a part of the outer surface of the belt 28 and rotates the transport belt 28 in the other rotation direction and the one rotation direction in conjunction with the rotation. Various other configurations of belt drive units such as a drive unit can be widely applied.

(2−16)他の実施の形態16
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、搬送ベルトの平坦部を振動させる振動部として、図1乃至図22について上述したベルト駆動部29を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-16) Other Embodiment 16
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the belt driving unit 29 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is applied as the vibrating unit that vibrates the flat portion of the conveyance belt has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、他の実施の形態1で上述した偏芯カム41を有する振動部や振動板を有する振動部等のように、この他種々の構成の振動部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other configurations of the vibration unit such as the vibration unit having the eccentric cam 41 and the vibration unit having the vibration plate described in the first embodiment are widely applied. can do.

(2−17)他の実施の形態17
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、異物の繰出側への搬送用に複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを一回転方向へ回転させるようにベルト駆動部を制御し、また異物の戻し側への搬送用に複数のプーリと共に搬送ベルトを他回転方向へ回転させるようにベルト駆動部を制御し、さらに搬送ベルトの平坦部を振動させるように振動部を制御する制御部として、図1乃至図22について上述したマイクロコンピュータ構成の制御部10を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-17) Other Embodiment 17
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the belt driving unit is controlled so as to rotate the conveyor belt together with a plurality of pulleys in one rotation direction for conveying the foreign object to the feeding side, and for conveying the foreign object to the return side. As described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22, the belt drive unit is controlled so as to rotate the conveyor belt together with the plurality of pulleys in the other rotation direction, and further the vibration unit is controlled to vibrate the flat part of the conveyor belt. The case where the control unit 10 having the microcomputer configuration is applied has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、マイクロプロセッサやシーケンサ等のように、この他種々の構成の制御部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other configurations of control units such as a microprocessor and a sequencer can be widely applied.

(2−18)他の実施の形態18
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、搬送ベルトの平坦部の繰出側と対向して配置され、搬送ベルトの平坦部により繰出側に搬送される異物の当該平坦部からの繰出量を制限する繰出量制限部として、図1乃至図22について上述した繰出量制限部32を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-18) Other Embodiment 18
Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the feed amount that is disposed to face the feeding side of the flat portion of the transport belt and limits the feed amount from the flat portion of the foreign matter transported to the feed side by the flat portion of the transport belt. The case where the feed amount limiting unit 32 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is applied as the limiting unit has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、異物受取ガイド30における異物繰出通路の入口の上側の縁のように、この他種々の構成の繰出量制限部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and other various feed amount limiting portions such as the upper edge of the entrance of the foreign matter feeding passage in the foreign matter receiving guide 30 can be widely applied.

(2−19)他の実施の形態19
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、搬送ベルトの平坦部の所定部分と所定の間隙を空けて対向して配置され、搬送ベルトの平坦部によって搬送される異物の重なりを崩すための崩部として、図1乃至図22について上述した圧縮コイルばね31を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-19) Other Embodiment 19
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the predetermined portion of the flat portion of the transport belt is disposed to face the predetermined portion with a predetermined gap, and the collapse portion for breaking the overlap of the foreign matters transported by the flat portion of the transport belt, The case where the compression coil spring 31 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is applied has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、他の実施の形態6で上述した板ばねやワイヤ等のように、この他種々の構成の崩部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other configurations such as the leaf springs and wires described in the sixth embodiment can be widely applied.

(2−20)他の実施の形態20
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、搬送ベルトの平坦部から異物が排出用に繰り出されたか否かを検出するための検出部として、図1乃至図22について上述したセンサ37及びプリズム38を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-20) Other Embodiment 20
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the sensor 37 and the prism 38 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 are applied as a detection unit for detecting whether or not foreign matter has been fed out from the flat portion of the conveyor belt. The case was described as above.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、リミットスイッチや、他の実施の形態4で上述したアクチュエータ形センサ51等のように、この他種々の構成の検出部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other configurations of detection units such as a limit switch and the actuator type sensor 51 described in the fourth embodiment can be widely applied.

(2−21)他の実施の形態21
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、収容部の上端の開口部を開放し、また閉塞するためのシャッタとして、図1乃至図22について上述したスライドするようにして開閉するシャッタ23を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-21) Other Embodiment 21
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the shutter 23 that opens and closes as described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is applied as a shutter for opening and closing the opening at the upper end of the accommodating portion. If you said.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、回動するようにして開閉するシャッタのように、この他種々の構成のシャッタを広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other shutters having various configurations such as a shutter that opens and closes by rotating can be widely applied.

(2−22)他の実施の形態22
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、シャッタを駆動するシャッタ駆動部として、図1乃至図22について上述したシャッタ駆動部24を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-22) Other Embodiment 22
Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the shutter driving unit 24 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is applied as the shutter driving unit that drives the shutter has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、シャッタを回動させるシャッタ駆動部のように、この他種々の構成のシャッタ駆動部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various other configurations of the shutter drive unit such as a shutter drive unit that rotates the shutter can be widely applied.

(2−23)他の実施の形態23
さらに上述した実施の形態においては、制御部が、異物の繰出側への搬送用にベルト駆動部を制御し、また異物の戻し側への搬送用にベルト駆動部を制御し、さらに搬送ベルトの平坦部の振動用に振動部を制御する異物排出処理の実行中に、当該異物排出処理が実行中であることを通知するための通知部として、図1乃至図22について上述した異物排出処理が実行中であることを通知するためのメッセージを有する操作画面を表示するタッチスクリーン4を適用するようにした場合について述べた。
(2-23) Other Embodiment 23
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the control unit controls the belt driving unit for conveying the foreign matter to the feeding side, controls the belt driving unit for conveying the foreign matter to the return side, and further controls the belt driving unit. The foreign substance discharge process described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 is used as a notification unit for notifying that the foreign substance discharge process is being executed during the execution of the foreign substance discharge process for controlling the vibration part for the vibration of the flat part. The case where the touch screen 4 that displays an operation screen having a message for notifying that it is being executed is applied has been described.

しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、異物排出処理が実行中であることを通知することができれば、当該異物排出処理が実行中であることをガイド音声やビープ音等の音によって通知するスピーカや、異物排出処理が実行中であることを光の発光色や発光パターンのように所定の発光状態で通知する発光部等のように、この他種々の構成の通知部を広く適用することができる。   However, the present invention is not limited to this, and if it is possible to notify that the foreign matter discharge process is being performed, a speaker or the like for notifying that the foreign matter discharge process is being executed by a sound such as a guide voice or a beep sound. In addition, a notification unit having various other configurations can be widely applied, such as a light emitting unit that notifies that a foreign matter discharge process is being performed in a predetermined light emission state such as a light emission color or a light emission pattern. .

本発明は、現金自動預払機や現金自動支払機等に設けられた異物排出部のような異物排出装置と、現金自動預払機や現金自動支払機等の紙葉類取扱装置とに利用することができる。   The present invention is used for a foreign matter discharge device such as a foreign matter discharge portion provided in an automatic teller machine or an automatic teller machine and a paper sheet handling device such as an automatic teller machine or an automatic teller machine. Can do.

1……現金自動預払機、4……タッチスクリーン、6……紙幣投入取出部、11、45、48……異物排出部、22……紙幣収容部、22A……上側開口部、22B、22C……紙幣支持部、22D乃至22F……異物落下用穴、23……シャッタ、24……シャッタ駆動部、25……異物受取繰出部、26……左側プーリ、27……右側プーリ、28、46……搬送ベルト、28A……上側平坦部、29……ベルト駆動部、30、50……受取繰出ガイド、30X……異物取込口、30Z……異物繰出口、31……圧縮コイルばね、32……繰出量制限部、35……発光素子、36……受光素子、37……センサ、38……プリズム、41……偏芯カム、51……アクチュエータ形センサ、BL2……紙幣、CI……硬貨。   DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Automatic teller machine, 4 ... Touch screen, 6 ... Bill insertion part, 11, 45, 48 ... Foreign matter discharge part, 22 ... Bill storage part, 22A ... Upper opening part, 22B, 22C ...... Bill support part, 22D to 22F .. Foreign object drop hole, 23. Shutter, 24. Shutter drive part, 25. Foreign substance receiving and feeding part, 26 ... Left pulley, 27 ... Right pulley, 28. 46... Conveying belt, 28 A. Upper flat portion, 29... Belt driving portion, 30, 50... Receiving delivery guide, 30 X. Foreign matter intake port, 30 Z. , 32... Feed amount limiting section, 35... Light emitting element, 36... Light receiving element, 37 .. Sensor, 38 .. Prism, 41. CI ... coins.

Claims (8)

下端に、収納対象の紙葉類は通さずに、誤って投入された異物は通して落下させるための穴が形成された収容部と、
上記収容部の上記下端の下側で、互いの回動軸を所定の間隔を介して平行にし、上記回動軸を中心にして一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動可能に支持された複数のプーリと、
上記収容部の上記下端から落下する上記異物を載せるようにして受け取って、当該異物を繰出側、及び当該繰出側とは逆の戻し側へ搬送するための平坦部を形成するように上記複数のプーリに架けられた搬送ベルトと、
上記複数のプーリと共に上記搬送ベルトを上記一回転方向及び上記他回転方向へ回転させるように駆動するベルト駆動部と、
上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部を振動させる振動部と、
上記異物の上記繰出側への搬送用に上記複数のプーリと共に上記搬送ベルトを上記一回転方向へ回転させるように上記ベルト駆動部を制御し、また上記異物の上記戻し側への搬送用に上記複数のプーリと共に上記搬送ベルトを上記他回転方向へ回転させるように上記ベルト駆動部を制御し、さらに上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部を振動させるように上記振動部を制御する制御部と
を具える異物排出装置。
A storage part in which a hole for allowing a foreign object that has been mistakenly inserted to pass through is dropped at the lower end without passing the paper sheet to be stored;
Below the lower end of the housing portion, a plurality of rotation axes that are supported in parallel with each other at a predetermined interval so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and another rotation direction around the rotation axis. Pulleys,
The plurality of foreign objects are formed so as to form a flat part for receiving the foreign substance falling from the lower end of the accommodating part and carrying the foreign substance to the feeding side and the return side opposite to the feeding side. A conveyor belt hung on a pulley;
A belt driving unit that drives the conveyor belt to rotate in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction together with the plurality of pulleys;
A vibrating part for vibrating the flat part of the conveyor belt;
The belt drive unit is controlled to rotate the conveyor belt in the one rotation direction together with the plurality of pulleys for conveying the foreign object to the feeding side, and for conveying the foreign object to the return side. The belt drive unit is controlled to rotate the transport belt in the other rotation direction together with a plurality of pulleys, and further includes a control unit that controls the vibration unit to vibrate the flat portion of the transport belt. Foreign matter discharge device.
上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部の上記繰出側と対向して配置され、上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部により上記繰出側に搬送される上記異物の当該平坦部からの繰出量を制限する繰出量制限部
を具える請求項1に記載の異物排出装置。
A feed amount limiting unit that is disposed to face the feeding side of the flat portion of the transport belt and limits the feed amount of the foreign matter from the flat portion that is transported to the feed side by the flat portion of the transport belt. The foreign matter discharging apparatus according to claim 1 comprising:
上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部の所定部分と所定の間隙を空けて対向して配置され、上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部によって搬送される上記異物の重なりを崩すための崩部
を具える請求項1に記載の異物排出装置。
2. A crushing portion arranged to face a predetermined portion of the flat portion of the transport belt with a predetermined gap and for breaking the overlap of the foreign matters conveyed by the flat portion of the transport belt. Foreign matter discharge device as described in 1.
上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部から上記異物が排出用に繰り出されたか否かを検出するための検出部
を具え、
上記制御部は、
上記検出部を介して上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部から上記異物を排出用に繰り出し終えたか否かを監視しながら、上記異物の上記繰出側への搬送用の上記ベルト駆動部の制御と、上記異物の上記戻し側への搬送用の上記ベルト駆動部の制御と、上記振動部の制御とを繰り返し実行する
請求項1に記載の異物排出装置。
A detection unit for detecting whether or not the foreign matter has been fed out from the flat part of the conveyor belt,
The control unit
Control of the belt drive unit for conveying the foreign matter to the feeding side while monitoring whether or not the foreign matter has been paid out for discharging from the flat portion of the conveying belt via the detection unit; and The foreign matter discharging apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the control of the belt driving unit for conveying foreign matters to the return side and the control of the vibrating portion are repeatedly executed.
上記収容部の上端の開口部を開放し、また閉塞するためのシャッタと、
上記シャッタを駆動するシャッタ駆動部と
を具え、
上記制御部は、
上記シャッタ駆動部を制御して上記シャッタにより上記収容部の上記開口部を開放し、上記検出部を介して上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部から上記異物を排出用に繰り出し終えたことを検出すると、上記シャッタ駆動部を制御して上記シャッタにより上記収容部の上記開口部を閉塞する
請求項4に記載の異物排出装置。
A shutter for opening and closing the opening at the upper end of the housing part;
A shutter drive unit for driving the shutter,
The control unit
When the shutter driving unit is controlled to open the opening of the housing unit with the shutter and detect that the foreign matter has been fed out from the flat part of the conveyor belt via the detection unit, The foreign matter discharging apparatus according to claim 4, wherein the shutter driving unit is controlled to close the opening of the housing unit with the shutter.
上記振動部は、
上記ベルト駆動部であり、
上記制御部は、
上記ベルト駆動部を制御することにより、上記複数のプーリと共に上記搬送ベルトを上記一回転方向及び上記他回転方向に順次交互に回転させて上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部を振動させる
請求項1に記載の異物排出装置。
The vibrating part is
The belt drive unit,
The control unit
2. The flat portion of the conveyor belt is vibrated by controlling the belt driving unit to alternately rotate the conveyor belt together with the plurality of pulleys in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. Foreign material discharge device.
装置内部で取り扱う紙葉類を収納するようにして、下端に、上記紙葉類は通さずに、誤って投入された異物は通して落下させるための穴が形成された収容部と、
上記収容部の上記下端の下側で、互いの回動軸を所定の間隔を介して平行にし、上記回動軸を中心にして一回転方向及び他回転方向に回動可能に支持された複数のプーリと、
上記収容部の上記下端から落下する上記異物を載せるようにして受け取って、当該異物を繰出側、及び当該繰出側とは逆の戻し側へ搬送するための平坦部を形成するように上記複数のプーリに架けられた搬送ベルトと、
上記複数のプーリと共に上記搬送ベルトを上記一回転方向及び上記他回転方向へ回転させるように駆動するベルト駆動部と、
上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部を振動させる振動部と、
上記異物の上記繰出側への搬送用に上記複数のプーリと共に上記搬送ベルトを上記一回転方向へ回転させるように上記ベルト駆動部を制御し、また上記異物の上記戻し側への搬送用に上記複数のプーリと共に上記搬送ベルトを上記他回転方向へ回転させるように上記ベルト駆動部を制御し、さらに上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部を振動させるように上記振動部を制御する制御部と
を具える紙葉類取扱装置。
A storage unit in which a paper sheet to be handled inside the apparatus is stored, and a hole is formed at the lower end so that a foreign substance put in by mistake is dropped without passing through the paper sheet.
Below the lower end of the housing portion, a plurality of rotation axes that are supported in parallel with each other at a predetermined interval so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and another rotation direction around the rotation axis. Pulleys,
The plurality of foreign objects are formed so as to form a flat part for receiving the foreign substance falling from the lower end of the accommodating part and carrying the foreign substance to the feeding side and the return side opposite to the feeding side. A conveyor belt hung on a pulley;
A belt driving unit that drives the conveyor belt to rotate in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction together with the plurality of pulleys;
A vibrating part for vibrating the flat part of the conveyor belt;
The belt drive unit is controlled to rotate the conveyor belt in the one rotation direction together with the plurality of pulleys for conveying the foreign object to the feeding side, and for conveying the foreign object to the return side. The belt drive unit is controlled to rotate the transport belt in the other rotation direction together with a plurality of pulleys, and further includes a control unit that controls the vibration unit to vibrate the flat portion of the transport belt. Paper sheet handling device.
上記制御部が、上記異物の上記繰出側への搬送用に上記ベルト駆動部を制御し、また上記異物の上記戻し側への搬送用に上記ベルト駆動部を制御し、さらに上記搬送ベルトの上記平坦部の振動用に上記振動部を制御する異物排出処理の実行中に、当該異物排出処理が実行中であることを通知するための通知部
を具える請求項7に記載の紙葉類取扱装置。
The control unit controls the belt driving unit for conveying the foreign matter to the feeding side, controls the belt driving unit for conveying the foreign matter to the return side, and further controls the belt driving unit. The paper sheet handling according to claim 7, further comprising a notifying unit for notifying that the foreign matter discharge process is being executed during execution of the foreign matter discharge process for controlling the vibrating unit for vibration of the flat part. apparatus.
JP2011272215A 2011-12-13 2011-12-13 Foreign matter discharge device and paper sheet handling device Active JP5821599B2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011272215A JP5821599B2 (en) 2011-12-13 2011-12-13 Foreign matter discharge device and paper sheet handling device
CN201210361069.8A CN103164896B (en) 2011-12-13 2012-09-25 Foreign matter discharger and bill handling device
KR1020120110035A KR101414936B1 (en) 2011-12-13 2012-10-04 Foreign substances discharging device and paper sheet handling device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011272215A JP5821599B2 (en) 2011-12-13 2011-12-13 Foreign matter discharge device and paper sheet handling device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2013125309A true JP2013125309A (en) 2013-06-24
JP5821599B2 JP5821599B2 (en) 2015-11-24

Family

ID=48587949

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2011272215A Active JP5821599B2 (en) 2011-12-13 2011-12-13 Foreign matter discharge device and paper sheet handling device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5821599B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101414936B1 (en)
CN (1) CN103164896B (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015036932A (en) * 2013-08-15 2015-02-23 沖電気工業株式会社 Foreign matter discharge device and medium transaction device
CN105819245A (en) * 2016-04-07 2016-08-03 长安大学 A banknote spreading and flattening device
CN105913539A (en) * 2016-05-27 2016-08-31 长春理工大学 Money classification sorter
JP2019175126A (en) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-10 富士電機株式会社 Coin storage device
JP2020087032A (en) * 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 沖電気工業株式会社 Foreign matter removing structure and medium processing device

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6052104B2 (en) * 2013-08-27 2016-12-27 沖電気工業株式会社 Media capture device and media processing device
CN107454973A (en) * 2017-03-28 2017-12-08 深圳怡化电脑股份有限公司 Automatic trading apparatus and its transaction processing method
CN107862790B (en) * 2017-11-29 2024-02-06 深圳怡化电脑股份有限公司 Limiting device applied to temporary storage module of self-service financial equipment
CN115364971B (en) * 2022-10-21 2023-01-31 江苏豪凯机械有限公司 Online scrap smashing and recycling device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63214982A (en) * 1987-03-04 1988-09-07 Pioneer Electronic Corp Read in reading system in disk reproducing device
JPH0543277U (en) * 1991-11-15 1993-06-11 株式会社オリムピツク Coin transporter
JP2000090316A (en) * 1998-09-14 2000-03-31 Omron Corp Coin processor
JP2008052400A (en) * 2006-08-23 2008-03-06 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Medium processor

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3337849B2 (en) * 1995-02-20 2002-10-28 株式会社平和 Coin rectification mechanism in coin transporter
JP4544940B2 (en) * 2004-08-25 2010-09-15 沖電気工業株式会社 Media processing device
JP2006065345A (en) * 2005-10-14 2006-03-09 Ricoh Co Ltd Melody sound generating apparatus

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63214982A (en) * 1987-03-04 1988-09-07 Pioneer Electronic Corp Read in reading system in disk reproducing device
JPH0543277U (en) * 1991-11-15 1993-06-11 株式会社オリムピツク Coin transporter
JP2000090316A (en) * 1998-09-14 2000-03-31 Omron Corp Coin processor
JP2008052400A (en) * 2006-08-23 2008-03-06 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Medium processor

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015036932A (en) * 2013-08-15 2015-02-23 沖電気工業株式会社 Foreign matter discharge device and medium transaction device
CN105819245A (en) * 2016-04-07 2016-08-03 长安大学 A banknote spreading and flattening device
CN105913539A (en) * 2016-05-27 2016-08-31 长春理工大学 Money classification sorter
JP2019175126A (en) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-10 富士電機株式会社 Coin storage device
JP7087550B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-06-21 富士電機株式会社 Coin storage device
JP2020087032A (en) * 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 沖電気工業株式会社 Foreign matter removing structure and medium processing device
JP7275544B2 (en) 2018-11-27 2023-05-18 沖電気工業株式会社 Foreign matter removal structure and media processing device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5821599B2 (en) 2015-11-24
CN103164896B (en) 2015-08-05
CN103164896A (en) 2013-06-19
KR101414936B1 (en) 2014-07-04
KR20130067215A (en) 2013-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5821599B2 (en) Foreign matter discharge device and paper sheet handling device
JP2013041451A (en) Sheet paper conveyance device and automatic teller machine
EP2224404B1 (en) Paper sheet handling machine
JP5543424B2 (en) Money withdrawal processing apparatus and program
JP6303775B2 (en) Medium accumulation apparatus and medium transaction apparatus
JP6439371B2 (en) Medium accommodation apparatus and medium transaction apparatus
JP6338992B2 (en) Banknote storage, banknote handling device and automatic transaction device
JP2023079260A (en) Coin processing device
JP6823450B2 (en) Banknote identification storage device
JP3811148B2 (en) Coin deposit / withdrawal device
JP7253108B2 (en) Paper sheet handling equipment
JP7318502B2 (en) Coin handling equipment and automatic transaction equipment
JP5244870B2 (en) Coin depositing device
JP2011054058A (en) Paper sheet storage
JP6478442B2 (en) Medium stacking apparatus and medium processing apparatus
JP7219499B2 (en) coin handling equipment
JP6179268B2 (en) Foreign matter discharge device and medium transaction device
JP2019053642A (en) Currency handling machine, currency handling system and currency handling
JP6728762B2 (en) Media processing device
JP2002109608A (en) Coin separation device and coin processing device
JP5584266B2 (en) Money withdrawal device
JP6674232B2 (en) Money processing device, money processing system and money processing method
JP6455108B2 (en) Cash handling equipment
JP3615540B2 (en) Coin dispenser
JP2006301844A (en) Small bundles banknote processor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20140815

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20150529

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20150602

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20150731

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20150908

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20150921

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 5821599

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150